You are on page 1of 416

0 -- 00

PAGE : 1 209
FEB12

MODEL 212A

BRAZILIAN
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
This Aircraft Flight Manual is approved by EASA on
behalf of the “Agência Nacional de Aviação Civil” for
brazilian registered aircraft, in accordance with the
Regulamento Brasileiro da Aviação Civil (RBAC) 21,
Section 21.29.

Approved by EASA

Date : June, 29th 2011

This Aircraft shall be operated in accordance with the


limitations and instructions herein established.

AVIONS DE TRANSPORT REGIONAL


DIRECTION SUPPORT EXPLOITATION
1 Allée Pierre NADOT
31712 BLAGNAC Cedex
FRANCE
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 - 01
P:1 122 AD
AFM L.T.R. EASA FEB 12

LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

No EDITION INSERTION NAME OR


DESTROYED
TR DATE DATE REMARKS

01 19SEP11 REV15 FEB12 TR 34--35--38--39 EASA

02 OCT 11 REV15 FEB12 TR40 -- EASA

03 NOV 11 REV15 FEB12 TR 37 -- EASA


AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
0 – 02
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 97 Introduction of contaminated runways 7.03.01

Procedures improvement 4.04 – 5.04

Introduction of Air Conditioning ON/OFF 6.03


effect on TOR, TOD, ASD

Introduction of 2 limitation graphs : TOR and 6.03


TOD with two engines operative

Correction of the Minimum Maneuver 6.06


Operating Icing Speeds graph

CAT II minimum height for AP use in approach 7.01.03


mode to 50 ft

CAT II Approach Climb Limiting Weight in 7.01.03


Icing Conditions given as an effect

Dispatch with flaps retracted 7.02.03

Minor correction 3.07 – 5.04 – 6.06

Pages deleted 7.02.03

Change in the TCAS modification number 2.05 – 5.02 – 5.04


3832 instead of 3074 or 3113 or 3625 7.01.04 – 7.02.11
OCT 97 Introduction of Mod 4711 : ETOPS operation 7.00.00 – 7.01.08

Introduction of Mod 4406 : operations on 7.01.09


narrow runways

Introduction of Mod 4366 : modification of 4.04


electrical supply

Introduction of Mod 4654 : GNSS HT 1000 2.05


installation
DEC 97 Improvement of Missed Approach procedure 3.05

Correction of V1 limited by VMCG graph 6.03

Introduction of Mod 4885 and introduction of 2.05


BRNAV capacity for GNSS HT 1000
Model : 212 A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 – 02 MAY 00

PAGE : 2 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC FEB 01
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

APR 98 Introduction of Mod 4890 : 2.05


GPS KLN90B/BRNAV

MAY 98 Introduction of Mod 4511 4.03


Container transportation

PEC FAULT procedure improvement 5.04

SEP 98 Introduction of Mod 4439 : installation of 2.02


a vertical fin with a carbon epoxy box

Updating of TR05 (MAY98) for transport 3.06


container 7.00.00 – 7.01.06

ETOPS/Transport Container compatibility 7.01.08

OCT 98 Introduction of Mod 5022 : new version of GPS 2.05


KLN90B/BRNAV

Introduction of MOD 4984 (Runway slope 7.01.10


beyond 2%)

FEB 99 Severe Icing: improvement of detection and 2.06 – 3.04 – 4.05


procedures

MAY 00 Introduction of Mod 5021 : 2.05


Install KLN90B on GNSS/GPS bus wiring
provision

Introduction of Mod 5213 : 2.02


Increase MZFW from 20300 to 20500 kg.

Model : 212 A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 02
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA JUL 06
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 00 Introduction of Mod 5176 2.05


GNSS--load software final baseline

OCT 00 Use of Fluids Type II or IV 7.01.12


Landing Procedure Improvement 3.05
FTR Limitation 2.04
Dispatch without AFU 7.02.06 -- 7.02.08
7.02.10
Introduction of FAA AD 3.04
Dispatch Cases 7.00.00 -- 7.02.00

MAY 01 ETOPS : Extension to 120 min. 7.01.08

SEP 01 Take Off after use of type II or IV fluids 7.01.12

OCT 01 Introduction of mod 5313 : Enhanced GPWS 2.00 -- 2.05 -- 3.00


3.07 -- 4.05

AUG 02 Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03

NOV 02 Introduction of modification 5243 : dual GNSS 2.05

OCT 03 Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05

JUN 04 Introduction of mod 5467 : EGPWS 3.07

SEP 04 FUEL LEAK procedure amendment 5.04

NOV 04 Introduction of modification 5465 : 7.01.13


improvement of cockpit door attachment

DEC 04 Aircraft Performance Monitoring (APM) 7.01.15


for aircraft MSN714

SEP 05 Introduction of modification 5555 : 2.02


MTOW increase to 22800 kg
Introduction of modification 5570 : 7.01.16
Enhanced Surveillance
Introduction of modification 8392 : 7.01.15
MPC for MSN714
Introduction of modification 5561 : 5.04 -- 6.05
Messier--Bugatti Wheels and Brakes

MAR 06 Introduction of Mod 5506 ACARS 7.01.17

Model : 212 A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 02
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA APR 11
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 06 FUEL Feeding Limitations Harmonization 2.04


EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05

NOV 07 RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05


with Modification 5768

DEC 07 New Engine : PW127M with : 2.04 -- 3.03


5.02 -- 6.02 -- 6.03
6.04 -- 6.05 -- 6.06
7.01.03 -- 7.02.09
-- Boost function (Optional) 3.02--3.03
7.01.08 -- 7.03.01
-- TAKE OFF 100% (Mod 5731) 7.00.00 -- 7.01.21

OCT 08 Mod 6055 : Messier--Buggatti brakes 6.05 page 4--150


new landing performances

Tyre Speed Limitation 2.05 page 1

NOV 08 Brazilian ANAC Cover Page 0.00 page 1--209


for brazilian registered aircraft

DEC 08 T2CAS and TAWS improvement : Mod 6135 2.05


3.07

JUL 09 Corporate Lounge: Mod 6063


and ST2 Door (Corporate Lounge) : Mod 5928 7.01.14

NOV 10 -- Noise ICAO annex 16 chapter 4 certification 201 & 70101


-- introduction of modification 6156: cold soak 203

DEC 10 -- Dry Unpaved Runways: Mod 6404. 70119

APR 11 -- New emergency procedure


UNRELIEABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION. 405

Model : 212 A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 02
PAGE : 5 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED


JUN 11 -- Brazil cover page update 0.00
-- Mod 6219: increase of MTOW at 23T. 2.02 & 7.01.01

JUL 11 TR 35:
Temporary limitation removal for ”600” version: 2.07
Mod 6592: L2B1.3 software

JUL 11 TR 36:
Mod 5965: 2nd GPS installation for “600” version 2.05

NOV 11 TR 37: (initially launched JUL 11)


Emergency procedure updated:
ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF:(title&content) 4.00 & 4.02
ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR.....DAMAGE ; and
IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR....DAMAGE
Some following failure procedure updated: 5.04
Elec, Miscellaneous..(only for “600” version)

JUL 11 TR 38:
Mod 5959: ACARS modification for “600” version 7.01.17

JUL 11 TR 39:
Temporary limitation removal for ”600” version: 2.07
Mod 6604: DME correction

OCT 11 TR 40:
ANAC Brazil supplement 7.11

OCT 11 TR 41:
Mod6450: Unpaved Runways for CIS countries 7.09

OCT 11 TR 42:
Mod 6544: 20kt Tailwind take off new appendix 7.01.22

FEB 12 TR 43:
Mod 6521: L2B2 software (for “600”) 2.05 & 2.07

FEB 12 TR 44:
Mod 6635 : Airport navigation function (for “600”) 2.05

Model : 212 A
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-04 page 1-122

ATR L.E.T.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of EffectiveTemporary Pages

You must hold in your manual the following pages


Issue P CH SE Page Seq Date Label Modification expression
Validity expression

REV15 0 01 001 122 FEB 12 L.T.R. AD


ALL
REV15 0 02 001 001 FEB 98 R.T.R.
ALL
REV15 0 02 002 001 FEB 01 R.T.R.
ALL
REV15 0 02 003 001 JUL 06 R.T.R.
ALL
REV15 0 02 004 001 APR 11 R.T.R.
ALL
REV15 0 02 005 001 FEB 12 R.T.R.
ALL
REV15 0 04 001 122 FEB 12 L.E.T.P. AD
ALL

End AD
FEB 05

08 FEB 05 EASA APPROVAL


2005 - 4153
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 05
PAGE : 3 001
AFM L.N.R. EASA FEB 12

LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

N0 INSERTED
EASA APPROVED
REV DATE

09 JUL 06 EASA A.A. 01203

10 AUG 07 EASA A.A. 01519

11 JUL 08 EASA A.A. 01841

12 SEP 09 10000662

13 SEP 10 10032107

14 APR 11 10035168

15 FEB 12 10039089

Model : 212 A
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC FEB 00

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 98 Yellow pages to be turned to white (TR No 1 2.05 – 3.05 – 3.07


FEB 97 – No 2 OCT 97 – No 3 DEC 97) 4.04 – 5.02 – 5.04
6.03 – 6.06
7.01.03 – 7.01.08
7.01.09 – 7.01.04
7.00.00 – 7.02.03
7.02.11 – 7.03.01

Introduction of Mod 4295 (cancellation of 4111) 3.00 – 3.03 – 3.04


3.05 – 4.02 – 4.05
5.02

Introduction of a new case of dispatch (one 7.02.09


torque inoperative)

Modification of graph labels 7.01.03 – 7.03.01

Harmonization between manuals 3.04 – 5.03 – 6.03

Minor changes 1.02 – 2.05 – 4.05


5.02 – 5.04 – 6.03
7.00.00 – 7.02.07
7.03.01
R FEB 99 Yellow pages to be turned to white (TR No 04 2.02 – 2.05 – 2.06
to TR No 08) 3.04 – 3.06 – 4.03
4.05 – 5.04
7.00.00 – 7.01.06
7.01.08 – 7.01.10

TCAS procedures improvement 2.05 – 7.01.04

Introduction of Mod 5040: photoluminescent floor 2.05


path marking system
Introduction of Mod 5020: GNSS HT 1000 2.05
Procedures improvement 4.04
7.02.03 – 7.03.01

Graphs improvement 6.06


7.01.03 – 7.03.01

Minor changes 1.02 – 1.03– 2.00


2.05 – 3.06– 5.04
6.03 – 7.02.09
7.03.01

Model : 212 A
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC FEB 01

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 00 Procedure improvements 2.05 – 4.03


4.05 – 5.02 – 5.04
7.02.00 –7.01.03 –
7.03.01

Pages to be deleted 2.05 – 5.04 – 5.02


7.02.11

Manual management about TCAS 2.05 – 7.01.04

Introduction of Mod 69 7.01.03


(use of a CAT II approved AP down to 50 ft)

Introduction of Mod 5150 2.02


(extension of the FWD CG limits)

Graphs improvement 6.06 – 7.03.01

Wording and lay out improvements, typing errors 1.01 – 2.05 – 2.06
5.04 – 7.00.00 –
7.01.00 – 7.01.12 –
7.03.01

FEB 01 Yellow pages to be turned white 2.02 – 2.04 – 2.05


(TR 09 to TR 11) 3.04 – 3.05
7.00.00 – 7.01.12
7.02.00 – 7.02.06
7.02.08 – 7.02.10

Introduction of Mod 5205 7.01.04


(ATC/TCAS – Acquire altitude via
BUS ARINC 429)

Model : 212 A
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC FEB 03

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED


FEB 02 Yellow pages to be turned white
TR12 : ETOPS 120 min 7.01.08
TR13 : Take off after use of type II/IV Fluids 7.01.12
TR14 : EGPWS Mod 5313 2.00 – 2.05 – 3.00
3.07 – 4.05

Emergency Descent Procedure : 4.05


’CL both ... 100 OVRD’ becomes a boxed item

Severe Icing Procedure : GPWS action and 4.05


limitation on Max Approach Slope are added in
case of aircraft not clear of ice before approach
and landing

Graph Improvement (no technical impact) 6.03

Typing error (dich ––> disch) 4.02 – 5.04

Updating of abbreviation list 1.02


FEB 03 Yellow pages to be turned white
TR15 : Use of rudder in case of large sideslip 2.03
angles
TR16 : Mod 5243, dual GNSS 2.05

Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01.13


Cockpit Door Locking System

Introduction of modification 5403 : 2.05


GNSS HT1000 P–RNAV

Adding of Cockpit Preparation checks : Trims 3.01

Improvement of Electrical Smoke procedure 4.03

Steep Slope Approach prohibited 4.05 – 5–04


7.00 – 7.01.05

Flaps failure during CAT II approach : wording 7.01.03

Harmonization with FAA for supplements :


– Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or 7.02.04
removed
– Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative 7.02.05

LBA supplement creation 7.04

Model : 212A
0 –06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FEB 04
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC FEB 05

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 04 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR17 : Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05

Limitations regarding TCAS Resolution Advisory 7.01.04

Securized Cockpit Door Jammed Procedure 7.01.13


improvement

Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited 2.05

TRIM checks improvement 3.01 – 3.02

FWD and AFT SMK procedures improvement 4.03


for CARGO version

Introduction of FUEL LEAK procedure 5.04

More detailed atmospheric icing conditions part 6.06

Abbreviations updating 1.02

Minor modifications 7.00 – 7.02

FEB 05 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR18 New EGPWS version Mod 5467 3.07
TR19 FUEL LEAK procedure amendment 5.04
TR20 New Securised Cockpit Door Fittings
Mod 5465 7.01.13
TR21 APM for MSN 714 Mod 8367 7.01.15

Use of JP4 is prohibited 2.04

Limitations of minimum fuel temperature : to


ensure adequate relight 2.04

Deletion of P&WC SB references 2.04

Dispacth with brake removed is not possible 7.00 – 7.02.04

Management of the manual 2.05 – 4.05


7.00 – 7.01.13

Model : 212A
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA AUG 07

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 06 EASA/DGAC Approval 1.01

Introduction of modification 5555 : 2.02


MTOW increase to 22800 kg

Use of Jet B is prohibited 2.04

Cockpit Checks Preparation Trims’ Title 3.00

Introduction of modification 5561 : 6.05


Messier--Bugatti Wheels and Brakes

TCAS new wording for Traffic Advisory case 7.01.04

Introduction of modification 5332 : 7.01.05


Steep Slope Approach

Introduction of modification 8392 : 7.01.15


MPC for MSN714

Introduction of modification 5570 and 8431 : 7.00 -- 7.01.16


Enhanced Surveillance

Introduction of modification 5506 : 7.00 -- 7.01.17


ACARS
AUG 07 Blanking of TR24:
FUEL Feeding Limitations Harmonization 2.04
EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05

Fuels RT and TS1 acceptable 2.04

Part 4 Emergency Procedures Improvement 4

Introduction of modification 8442 : MPC 7.01.15

New High Latitudes Operations 7.01.18

IAC Supplement for Operations in CIS countries 7.09

Model : 212A
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA JUL 08

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

JUL 08 Blanking of TR25:


RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05
with Modification 5768
Blanking of TR26:
New Engine : PW127M with : 2.04
5.02 -- 6.02 -- 6.03
6.04 -- 6.05 -- 6.06
7.01.01 -- 7.01.03
7.02.09 -- 7.03.01
-- Boost function (Optional) 3.02--3.03
7.01.08 -- 7.03.01
-- TAKE OFF 100% (Mod 5731) 7.00.00 -- 7.01.21

Wording : TAWS 2.00 -- 3.07

New note for MCT TQ limitation 2.04

Part 5 Procedures Following Failures Improvement 5

CG Limitation Harmonization 2.02

New High Latitudes Operations 7.01.18

Model : 212A
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA SEP 09

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 09 --Blanking of the following TR:


TR27: New Messier Brakes: Mod 6055 and Update
of tyre speed limitation 2.05 -- 6.05
TR28: Cover Page for brazilian registered aircraft
TR29: T2CAS and TAWS Mod 6135 2.05 -- 3.07
TR30: VIP configuration 7.01.14

--Reminder to apply “SMOKE” procedure first added 4.03


in all relevant smoke procedures
--AIR COND SMOKE: warning changed to caution 4.03
--DITCHING and FORCED LANDING: “TAWS” 4.05
replaces “EGPWS” wording.
--EMERGENCY EVACUATION ON GROUND : 4.05
dump function to be used after aircraft stops.
--New:“RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR ABNORMAL 4.05
ROLL CONTROL”
--Introduction improved 5.01
--ENG FLAME OUT: memory item extended 5.02
--ONE EEC FAULT: item correction 5.02
--icing conditions case added and power 5.03
management selection correction
--wording corrections (IAS and disagreement) 5.04 (page2)
--notes improved: normal brake preferable 5.04
than spoilers, and emer/pkg brake accumulator
--Title change to “DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / R.....” 5.04
--PEC FAULT: layout correction 5.04
--EFIS COMP: memory item proposed with procedure 5.04
improvement
--Cross Wind limitations more detailed. 6.01
--Update of noise level for mod 5555 7.01.01
--Title change to “Cargo / Cargo+Pax configuration” 7.01.06

Model : 212A
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 8 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA APR 11

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 10 Emergency Procedures (Part 4) :


-- New procedure ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR 4.02
SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE and note removed
on ENG FIRE OR...DAMAGE
-- RECOVERY AFTER.../...ROLL CONTROL: 4.05
procedure i mproved.
Procedures following failures:
-- ENG NAC OVHT: affected side instead of “2” 5.02
-- ANTI SKID FAULT: anti skid to be selected OFF 5.04
Performances:
-- Cross Wind informations layout 6.01
--Landing : Approach climb gradiant 6.05
Appendices & Supplements:
-- Configuration Deviation List reviewed 7.01.02
-- CAT 2 operations appendix improved 7.01.03
-- TQ needle indication is inoperative: procedure 7.02.09
corrected ; ATPCS to be selected to OFF.

APR 11 Blanking of the follwoing TR :


-- TR n_33 : New procedure UNRELIEABLE AIRSPEED 4.05
INDICATION
-- TR n_32: Mod 6404 : Dry Unpaved Runways 7.00.00 & 7.01.19
-- TR n_31: Mod 6156 :Cold Soak 2.03
and Noise ICAO annex 16 chapter 4 certificationn 2.01 & 7.01.01
New Avionic Suite impact (”--600” version): Mod 5948 part 2, part3
part 4, part 5
part 7

Model : 212A
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 9 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA FEB 12

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISIONS CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 12 Blanking of the follwoing TR :


-- TR n_34: Mod6219 (23T) 2.02&7.01.01
-- TR n_35: Mod 6592 for “600” version 2.07
-- TR n_36: Mod 5965 for “600” version 2.05
-- TR n_37:Emer. and some following failure proc. review 4.02&5.04
-- TR n_38: Mod5959 for “600” version 7.01.17
-- TR n_39: Mod 6604 for “600” version 2.07
-- TR n_40: ANAC brazil supplement 7.11
-- TR n_41: Mod 6450: Unpaved rwy for CIS supplement. 7.09
-- TR n_42: Mod 6544:20kt tailwind take off 7.01.22
-- TR n_43: Mod 6521 (L2B2 software) 2.05&2.07
-- TR n_44: Mod 6635 (ANF) for “600” 2.05
“600” version : Complete procedures review: part 4 -- part 5
(except unreliable airspeed indication emergency and 7.01.15
procedure)
“500” version:
Emergency procedure contents update:
--IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE 4.02
--ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE .
-- ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF .
--Smoke procedures 4.03
-- Emergency descent 4.05
-- Ditching and forced landing .
-- Severe Icing .
-- Recovery after stall or abnormal roll control .

Other subjects:
corrections on various content 2.05
(for “500” and / or “600”) 3.02 & 3.04
6.03
7.01.08
7.01.10
7.01.21

Model : 212A
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 1-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

DESTROY TR 003 002 001

...... 0 00 001 209 FEB 12 COVER PAGE

...... 0 01 001 122 FEB 12 L.T.R. AD

...... 0 02 005 001 FEB 12 R.T.R.

...... 0 04 001 122 FEB 12 L.E.T.P. AD

...... 0 05 003 001 FEB 12 L.N.R.

ADD 0 06 009 001 FEB 12 R.N.R.

...... 0 08 001 122 FEB 12 L.E.N.P. AD

...... 0 09 001 122 FEB 12 L.O.M. AD

...... 0 10 001 122 FEB 12 C.R.T. AD

...... 2 00 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 2 02 001 130 FEB 12 MOD 6219

...... 2 02 002 300 FEB 12 MOD 6219

...... 2 05 003 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 2 05 003 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965

...... 2 05 003A 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 2-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

...... 2 05 003A 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965

...... 2 05 003B 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 2 05 003B 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965

ADD 2 05 006 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 2 07 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 2 07 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +6592

...... 2 07 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +6604

...... 3 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 3 02 001A 600 FEB 12 PW127M MOD 5948

...... 3 07 001 110 FEB 12 MOD 6135 or 5948

...... 4 00 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 02 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 02 003 001 FEB 12

...... 4 03 001 001 FEB 12

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 3-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

ADD 4 03 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 03 003 001 FEB 12

...... 4 03 004 001 FEB 12

...... 4 04 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 05 001 001 FEB 12

...... 4 05 002 001 FEB 12

...... 4 05 003 001 FEB 12

ADD 4 05 005 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 4 05 007 001 FEB 12

...... 5 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 02 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 02 003 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 02 004 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 001 001 FEB 12

...... 5 04 001A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 4-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

ADD 5 04 002A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 003 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 003A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 004 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 004A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 005 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 005A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 006 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 007 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 008 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 009 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 009A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 010 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 011 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 012 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 013 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 5-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

ADD 5 04 014 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 015 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 5 04 015A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 016 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 016A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 017 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 018 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 019 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 020 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 021 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 022 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 023 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 024 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 025 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 026 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 5 04 027 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-07 page 6-122

ATR S.N.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Shipping Note Normal Pages

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised


"SEE VAL" = See Validation

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

...... 6 03 002 001 FEB 12

...... 6 03 003 001 FEB 12

ADD 6 05 005 001 FEB 12

...... 7 00 00 001 001 FEB 12 212A

ADD 7 01 01 001 180 FEB 12 MOD 6219

...... 7 01 10 008 110 FEB 12 MOD 4984

...... 7 01 15 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948

...... 7 01 17 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5506 or (5948 +5959)

...... 7 01 22 001 001 FEB 12 212A

...... 7 11 001 210 FEB 12 212A -ANAC MOD 5948

End AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 1-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

You must hold in your manual the following normal pages


M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label
Validity expression

NORMAL REVISION N° 15

R 0 00 001 209 FEB 12 COVER PAGE


ALL
R 0 01 001 122 FEB 12 L.T.R. AD
ALL
0 02 001 001 FEB 98 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 002 001 FEB 01 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 003 001 JUL 06 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 004 001 APR 11 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 02 005 001 FEB 12 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 04 001 122 FEB 12 L.E.T.P. AD
ALL
0 05 001 001 FEB 01 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 002 001 FEB 05 L.N.R.
ALL
R 0 05 003 001 FEB 12 L.N.R.
ALL
0 06 001 001 FEB 00 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 002 001 FEB 01 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 003 001 FEB 03 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 004 001 FEB 05 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 005 001 AUG 07 R.N.R.
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 2-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

0 06 006 001 JUL 08 R.N.R.


ALL
0 06 007 001 SEP 09 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 008 001 APR 11 R.N.R.
ALL
N 0 06 009 001 FEB 12 R.N.R.
ALL
R 0 08 001 122 FEB 12 L.E.N.P. AD
ALL
R 0 09 001 122 FEB 12 L.O.M. AD
ALL
R 0 10 001 122 FEB 12 C.R.T. AD
ALL
1 00 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
1 01 001 001 JUL 06
ALL
1 02 001 001 FEB 99
ALL
1 02 002 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 003 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 004 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 005 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 006 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 007 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 008 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 009 001 APR 11
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 3-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

1 02 010 001 APR 11


ALL
1 02 011 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 012 001 APR 11
ALL
1 02 013 001 APR 11
ALL
1 03 001 001 FEB 99
ALL
R 2 00 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 001 001 APR 11
ALL
R 2 02 001 130 FEB 12 MOD 6219
ALL
R 2 02 002 300 FEB 12 MOD 6219
ALL
2 03 001 001 FEB 03
ALL
2 03 002 060 DEC 96 MOD 3522
ALL
2 04 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
2 04 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
2 04 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
2 04 004 001 AUG 07
ALL
2 05 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 002 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 05 003 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 4-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 2 05 003 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965


AD0052-0056
R 2 05 003A 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051
R 2 05 003A 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965
AD0052-0056
R 2 05 003B 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051
R 2 05 003B 810 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +5965
AD0052-0056
2 05 004 100 FEB 99 MOD 5040
ALL
2 05 005 210 APR 11 MOD 6135 or 5948
ALL
N 2 05 006 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 001 001 FEB 00
ALL
2 06 002 001 FEB 04
ALL
R 2 07 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 07 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 07 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 07 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 07 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 07 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +6592
ALL
2 07 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 07 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 5-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

2 07 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948


ALL
2 07 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 07 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948 +6604
ALL
3 00 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 3 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 3 02 001A 600 FEB 12 PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
3 04 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 04 002 001 FEB 98
ALL
3 04 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
3 05 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 06 001 001 FEB 99
ALL
R 3 07 001 110 FEB 12 MOD 6135 or 5948
ALL
3 07 002 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 4 00 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
4 01 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
R 4 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 6-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 4 02 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948


ALL
R 4 02 003 001 FEB 12
ALL
R 4 03 001 001 FEB 12
ALL
N 4 03 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 4 03 003 001 FEB 12
ALL
R 4 03 004 001 FEB 12
ALL
4 03 005 001 SEP 09
ALL
R 4 04 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 4 05 001 001 FEB 12
ALL
R 4 05 002 001 FEB 12
ALL
R 4 05 003 001 FEB 12
ALL
4 05 004 001 SEP 09
ALL
N 4 05 005 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
4 05 006 001 FEB 04
ALL
R 4 05 007 001 FEB 12
ALL
4 05 008 001 APR 11
ALL
5 00 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
5 01 001 001 SEP 09
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 7-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 5 02 001 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948


ALL
N 5 02 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 02 003 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 02 004 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
5 03 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
5 03 002 001 JUL 08
ALL
R 5 04 001 001 FEB 12
ALL
R 5 04 001A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 002A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 003 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 003A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 004 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 004A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 005 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 005A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 006 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 007 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 8-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 5 04 008 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948


ALL
R 5 04 009 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 009A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 010 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 011 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 012 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 013 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 014 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 015 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
N 5 04 015A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 016 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 016A 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 017 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 018 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 019 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 020 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 021 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 022 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 9-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 5 04 023 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948


ALL
R 5 04 024 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 025 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 026 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 5 04 027 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
6 00 001 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 01 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 002 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 01 003 001 SEP 10
ALL
6 01 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 005 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 006 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 007 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 008 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 009 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 010 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 011 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 01 012 001 DEC 96
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 10-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 01 013 001 DEC 96


ALL
6 02 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 02 001A 100 JUL 08
ALL
6 02 002 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 02 002A 100 JUL 08
ALL
6 02 003 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 02 003A 100 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 001 001 FEB 98
ALL
R 6 03 002 001 FEB 12
ALL
6 03 002A 001 JUL 08
ALL
R 6 03 003 001 FEB 12
ALL
6 03 003A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 005 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 03 006 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 03 007 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 007A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 008 001 JUL 08
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 11-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 008A 001 JUL 08


ALL
6 03 009 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 009A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 010 001 FEB 02
ALL
6 03 010A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 011 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 03 012 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 012A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 013 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 03 013A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 014 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 03 015 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 03 015A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 016 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 03 017 001 FEB 02
ALL
6 03 017A 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 03 018 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 018A 001 JUL 08
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 12-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 019 001 DEC 96


ALL
6 03 020 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 021 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 022 001 FEB 02
ALL
6 03 023 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 024 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 025 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 026 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 027 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 028 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 029 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 03 030 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 04 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 04 002 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 05 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 05 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 05 003 001 SEP 10
ALL
6 05 003A 001 SEP 10
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 13-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 05 004 150 SEP 09 MOD 6055


ALL
N 6 05 005 001 FEB 12
ALL
6 06 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 06 002 001 FEB 98
ALL
6 06 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
6 06 004 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 06 005 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 06 006 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 06 007 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 06 008 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 06 008A 001 FEB 04
ALL
6 06 009 001 FEB 04
ALL
6 06 009A 001 FEB 04
ALL
6 06 010 001 FEB 04
ALL
6 06 011 001 JUL 08
ALL
6 06 012 001 FEB 99
ALL
6 06 013 001 FEB 99
ALL
R 7 00 00 001 001 FEB 12 212A
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 14-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

N 7 01 01 001 180 FEB 12 MOD 6219


ALL
7 01 02 001 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 02 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 01 02 003 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 02 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 01 02 005 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 02 006 001 SEP 10
ALL
7 01 03 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 002 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 003 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 004 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 005 150 APR 11 MOD (0069 +1112) or 5948
ALL
7 01 03 006 100 APR 11 MOD 1112 or 5948
ALL
7 01 03 007 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 008 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 009 100 APR 11 MOD 1112 or 5948
ALL
7 01 03 010 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 03 011 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 15-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 03 012 100 APR 11 MOD 1112 or 5948


ALL
7 01 03 012A 100 APR 11 MOD 1112 or 5948
ALL
7 01 03 013 100 APR 11 MOD 1112 or 5948
ALL
7 01 04 001 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 01 04 002 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 01 04 003 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 01 04 004 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 01 04 005 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 05 001 001 FEB 03
ALL
7 01 06 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
7 01 08 001 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 01 09 001 110 FEB 98 MOD 4406
ALL
7 01 10 001 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 10 002 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 10 003 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 10 004 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 10 005 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 10 006 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 16-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 10 007 110 FEB 99 MOD 4984


ALL
R 7 01 10 008 110 FEB 12 MOD 4984
ALL
7 01 12 001 001 FEB 02
ALL
7 01 12 001A 001 FEB 02
ALL
7 01 12 001B 001 FEB 02
ALL
7 01 13 001 100 FEB 05 MOD 5434 or 5465
ALL
7 01 13 002 200 FEB 05 MOD 5465
ALL
7 01 14 001 001 SEP 09
ALL
7 01 15 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 7 01 15 002 600 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 16 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 7 01 17 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5506 or (5948 +5959)
ALL
7 01 18 001 600 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 19 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 01 21 001 001 JUL 08
ALL
R 7 01 22 001 001 FEB 12 212A
ALL
7 02 00 001 001 FEB 01
ALL
7 02 01 001 001 DEC 96
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 17-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 01 002 001 DEC 96


ALL
7 02 01 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 01 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 02 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 03 001 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 02 03 002 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 02 03 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 03 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 03 005 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 04 001 001 FEB 05
ALL
7 02 05 001 001 FEB 03
ALL
7 02 05 002 001 FEB 03
ALL
7 02 06 001 001 FEB 01
ALL
7 02 06 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 06 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 06 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 07 001 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 02 07 002 001 DEC 96
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 18-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 07 003 001 DEC 96


ALL
7 02 07 004 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 07 005 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 08 001 001 FEB 01
ALL
7 02 09 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
7 02 09 002 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 02 09 003 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 02 09 004 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 02 09 005 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 02 09 006 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 006A 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 007 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 007A 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 008 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 008A 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 009 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 009A 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 010 001 JUL 08
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 19-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 09 010A 100 JUL 08


ALL
7 02 09 011 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 09 011A 100 JUL 08
ALL
7 02 10 001 001 FEB 01
ALL
7 02 10 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 10 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 10 004 001 FEB 04
ALL
7 02 11 001 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 02 11 002 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 11 003 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 02 12 001 001 DEC 96
ALL
7 03 01 001 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 001A 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 002 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 002A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 003 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 003A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 004 001 FEB 00
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 20-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 004A 001 JUL 08


ALL
7 03 01 005 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 005A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 006 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 007 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 007A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 008 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 008A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 009 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 009A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 010 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 011 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 011A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 012 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 012A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 013 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 013A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 014 001 FEB 00
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 21-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 014A 001 JUL 08


ALL
7 03 01 015 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 016 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 016A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 017 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 017A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 018 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 018A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 019 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 019A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 020 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 021 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 021A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 022 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 022A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 023 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 023A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 024 001 FEB 00
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 22-122

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 024A 001 JUL 08


ALL
7 03 01 025 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 026 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 026A 001 JUL 08
ALL
7 03 01 026B 001 FEB 99
ALL
7 03 01 027 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 028 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 029 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 03 01 030 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 03 01 031 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 032 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 03 01 033 001 FEB 98
ALL
7 03 01 034 001 FEB 00
ALL
7 03 01 035 001 FEB 98
ALL
R 7 11 001 210 FEB 12 212A -ANAC MOD 5948
ALL

End AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 1-122

ATR L.O.M.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

3522 2 GENERAL - CERTIFY ATR 72 FOR 15 KT


TAILWIND LANDING
ALL
4366 4 AUTOFLIGHT - MODIFY ELECTRICAL
POWER SUPPLIES
ALL
4406 7 GENERAL - ALLOW OPERATION FROM
NARROW RUNWAYS
ALL
4439 2 FUSELAGE - SECT 18 - INSTALL
VERTICAL FIN WITH CARBON EPOXY
BOX
ALL
4671 2-7 GENERAL - INCREASE MTOW TO
22500KGS & MZFW TO 20300KGS & MLW
TO 22350KGS
ALL
4984 7 GENERAL - OPERATIONS ON RUNWAY
SLOPES BETWEEN 2 & 4.5%
ALL
5040 2 LIGHTS - EMERGENCY LIGHTING-
GROUND MARKING OF EVACUATION
WAY IN PAX CABIN
ALL
5150 2 REGULATIONS INVOLVED AND
JUSTIFICATIONS
ALL
5205 7 NAVIGATION - ATC/TCAS - ACQUIRE
ALTITUDE VIA BUS ARINC 429
ALL
5213 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW FROM
20300 TO 20500 kg
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 2-122

ATR L.O.M.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

5313 2-3-4 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII -


ENHANCED PART ACTIVATION
ALL
5377 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING - WIRING FOR
COCKPIT ENTRANCE SECURISED
ALL
5403 2 NAVIGATION - CERTIFICATION OF GNSS
P-RNAV
ALL
5434 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING - INSTALL
DOOR ON ELECTRICAL PROVISION
ALL
5465 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING - SECURIZED
DOOR - REPLACE FITTINGS ON
STRUCTURE
ALL
5467 2-3-4 NAVIGATION - EGPWS - INSTALL EGPWS
MKVIII P/N 965-1206-011
ALL
5555 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW AND MTOW
BY 300 KGS OF 72-500 MODEL
ALL
5561 6 LANDING GEAR-MLG-REPLACE DUNLOP
WHEELS&BRAKES BY MESSIER-BUGATTI
ALL
5567 7 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM - MPC
INSTALL AND ACTIVATE MPC
ALL
5948 NAVIGATION -INSTALL NEW AVIONIC
SUITE FOR ATR72-212A "600 VERSIONB"
ALL
5959 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL ACARS
FOR NEW AVIONICS SUITE
ALL

Turn AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 3-122

ATR L.O.M.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

5965 NAVIGATION - INSTALL 2ND GPS FOR


NEW AVIONICS SUITE
AD0052-0056
6055 6 LANDING GEAR - NEW MESSIER-BUGATTI
BRAKES
ALL
6219 2-7 GENERAL - MZFW AND MTOW INCREASE
BY 200KG (MZFW TO 21000KG and MTOW
TO 23000KG)
ALL
6592 2 NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION - UPGRADE
SOFTWARE ON AVS INTRODUCE L2B1.3
ALL
6604 2 NAVIGATION - ANTENNA SWITCHING
ATC/DME
ALL

End AD
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-10 page 1-122

ATR C.R.T.
EASA FEB 12
72-212A Cross Reference Table

This table shows, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between :
- the fleet serial number (F.S.N.)
- the manufacturing serial number (M.S.N.)
- the registration number
It is the F.S.N. which appears in the L.E.N.P. or L.E.T.P.

F.S.N. M.S.N. REGISTRATION

AD0051 0966 PR-ATR


AD0052 0969 PR-ATB
AD0053 0972 PR-ATE
AD0054 0988 PR-ATG
AD0055 0991 PR-ATH
AD0056 0996 PR-ATJ

End AD
1 –00
A GENERAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS DGAC
APPROVED
DEC 96

1 . 00 – CONTENTS

1 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

1 . 02 – PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS
DEFINITION OF WORDING
UNIT CONVERSION
GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

1 . 03 – 3 VIEW DRAWING

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


1 -- 01 DEC 96
GENERAL FEB 00
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA
APPROVED
JUL 06

R
The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) is related to a specific airplane whose
model is specified on the heading page. It is approved by : EASA.
NOTE : “DGAC APPROVED” is kept on pages created/revised before EASA
creation. This mention is changed to “EASA APPROVED” for all new or
revised pages.

ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

The AFM contents are divided in seven chapters :


1 -- General
2 -- Limitations
3 -- Normal procedures
4 -- Emergency procedures
5 -- Procedures following failure
6 -- Performance
7 -- Appendices and supplements

Preliminary pages include all approval references and define the updating
status of the list of effective pages :
-- for the airlines manual
-- for the envelope manual (covering all the airlines manuals).
The pages are numbered per chapter and section

Applicability of each page is identified at the bottom of the page by :


-- model
-- engine (if necessary)
-- modification number (if any)
NOTE : Unless otherwise specified at the bottom of the page its content is valid
for all models mentioned on the heading page (0.00 page 1).

Model : 212 A
1 –02
GENERAL DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED FEB 99

1 . 02 . 01 – DEFINITION OF WORDING

Note : An operating procedure, technique etc... considered


essential to emphasize

CAUTION : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in damage to equipment if not carefully followed

WARNING : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in injury or loss of life if not carefully followed.

1 . 02 . 02 – UNIT CONVERSION

Weight 1 kg = 2.2046 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg

Length – Altitude
R Distance 1 m = 3.2808 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
R 1 m = 39.3701 in 1 in = 0.0254 m

Pressure 1 HPa = 0.0145 psi 1 psi = 69 HPa

Temperature 1° C = ( 1° F – 32 ) x .555 1° F = 1° C x 1.8 + 32

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

1 . 02 . 03 -- GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

AAS Anti--icing Advisory System


ABNORM (ABN) Abnormal
AC Alternating Current
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
AC BTC AC Bus Tie Contactor
AC BTR AC Bus Tie Relay
ACCU Accumulator
AC EBTC AC Emer Bus Transfer Contactor
ACM Air Cycle Machine
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACW Alternating Current Wild Frequency
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finding
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADN Avionic Data Network
ADS Air Data System
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
AFDX Avionic Full Duplex
A/FEATH Auto Feathering
AFT Rear Part
AFU Auto Feather Unit
AGB Accessory Gear Box
AGL Above Ground Level
AH Ampere--Hours
AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System
AHRU Attitude and Heading Reference Unit
AIL Aileron
ALT Altitude
ALTM Altimeter
ALTN Alternate
AMP Ampere
ANN Annunciator
AOA Angle of Attack
AP Auto--Pilot
APC Active Phase Control
APP Approach
ARM Armed
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
A/S Antiskid
ASAP As Soon As Possible

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

ASD Accelerate Stop Distance


ASI Air Speed Indicator
ASTR AC Standby Bus Transfer Relay
ASYM Asymmetry
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATPCS Automatic Take off Power Control System
ATR Air Transport Racking
ATSCALL Air Transport Selective Calling
ATT Attitude
ATTND Attendant
AUTO Automatic
AUX Auxiliary
AVAIL Available
AZ Azimuth

BARO Barometric
BAT Battery
BC Back Course
BITE Built in Test Equipment
BPCU Bus Power Control Unit
BRG Bearing
BRK Brake
B--RNAV Basic Area Navigation
BRT Bright
BSC Battery Start Contactor
BTC Bus Tie Contactor
BTR Bus Tie Relay
BXR Battery Transfer Relay

CAB CabinCAC
CAC Core Avionic Cabinet
CAN Controller Area Network
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
C/B Circuit Breaker
CCAS Centralized Crew Alerting System
CCW Counter clockwise
CD Coefficient of Drag
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDS Cockpit Display System
CDU Cabin display Unit

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA APR 11
APPROVED

CG Center of Gravity
CHAN Channel
CHC Charge Contactor
CHG Charge
C/L Check List
CL Condition Lever
CL Coefficient of Lift
CLA Condition Lever Angle
CLB Climb
CLR Clear
CM Crew Member
CMPTR Computer
COM Communication
COMPT Compartment
CNTR Contactor
CONFIG Configuration
CONT Continuous
CORRECT Correction
CPCS Cabin Pressure Control System
CPL Auto Pilot Coupling
CPM Core Processing Module
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
CRS Course
CRZ Cruise
CTL Control
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
CW Clockwise
DADC Digital Air Data Computer
DADS Digital Air Data System
DC Direct Current
DCA Data Concentration Application
DEC Declination, Decrease
DELTA P Differential Pressure
DEV Deviation
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DGR Degraded
DH Decision Height
DIFF Differential
DISCH Discharge
DIM Light Dimmer
DIST Distance
DME Distance Measuring Equipment

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

DN Down
DSPL Display
DU Display Unit
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
EBCC Emergency Battery Charge Contactor
EBTC Emer Bus Transfer contactor
ECS Environmental Control System
E/E Electrical/Electronic
EEC Engine Electronic control
EFCP EFIS Control Panel
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGHR External Ground Handling Relay
EHSI Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
EHV Electro Hydraulic Valve
ELEC Electrical
ELV Elevation
EMER Emergency
ENG Engine
EPC External Power Contactor
EQPT Equipment
ESS Essential
ET Elapsed Time
ETOPS Extended Twin Operations
EWD Engine and Warning Display
EXT Exterior, External
EXC External Power/Service Bus Contactor
F Farenheit
FAIL Failed, Failure
FCOC Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler
FCU Fuel Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FDA Flight Display Application
FDAU Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FEATH, FTR Feathered, Feathering
FF Fuel Flow
FGCP Flight Guidance and Control Panel
FGS Flight Guidance System
FI Flight Idle
FLT Flight
FMA Flight Modes Annunciators
FMS Flight Monitoring System
F/O First Officer
FOS Flight Operations Software
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
FT Foot, Feet
FTO Final Take Off
FU Fuel Used

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

FWD Forward
FWS Flight Warning System
GA Go Around
GAL Galley
GC Generator Contactor
GCR Ground Clutter Reduction
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GI Ground Idle
GMT Greenwitch Mean Time
GND Ground
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GRD Ground
G/S Glide Slope
GSPD Ground Speed
GXS ACW Generator/Service Bus Contactor
HBV Handling Bleed Valve
HD Head Down
HDG Heading
HDLG (HDL) Handling
HEBTC Hot Emer Battery Transfer Contactor
HF High Frequency
HI High
HLD Hold
HMBTC Hot Main Battery Transfer Contactor
HMU Hydromechanical Unit
HOBV Handling Overboard Valve
HP High Pressure
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HTG Heating
HU Head Up
HYD Hydraulic
IAF Initial Approach Fix
IAS Indicated Air Speed
ICP Index Control Panel
IDT Ident
IESI Integrated Electronic Standby Instrument
IF Intermediate Frequency
IGN Ignition
ILS Instrument Landing System
IMU Initial Measurement Unit
IN Inertial Navigation
INC Increase
IND Indicator

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

IN/HG Inches of Mercury


INHI Inhibit
INOP Inoperative
INS Inertial Navigation System
INST Instrument
INT Interphone
INU Inertial Navigation Unit
INV Inverter
IOM Input Output Module
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISOL Isolation
ISV Isolation Shut--off Valve
ITT Inter Turbine Temperature
KHZ Kilo--Hertz
KT Knot
LAT Lateral
LAV Lavatory
LB Pound
LBA Lowest Blade Angle
LDG Landing
L/G Landing Gear
LH Left Hand
LIM Limitation
LMN Left Main Gear
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localizer
LO--PR Low Pressure
LP Low Pressure
LT Light
LVL Level
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MAP Ground Mapping
MAX Maximum
MB Millibar
MBCC Main Battery Charge Contactor
MBTC Main Bus Transfer Contactor
MC Master Caution
MCDU Multifunction Control Display Unit
MCP Multi Function Control Panel
MCT Maximum Continous
MEA Minimum En route Altitude
MECH Mechanic
MFC Multi Function Computer
MFCU Mechanical Fuel Control Unit

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 8 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

MFD Multi Function Display


MGT Management
MHZ Megahertz
MIC Microphone
MIN Minimum
MISC Miscellaneous
MKR Marker
MLD Main Landing Gear
MLS Microwave Landing System
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MM Millimeter
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMPU Multi Media Player Unit
MOD Modification
MPC Multi Purpose Computer
MPU Micro Processor Unit
MSG Messages
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTOW Maximum Take off Weight
MW Master Warning
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight

NAC Nacelle
NAV Navigation
ND Navigation Display
NDB Non Directional Beacon
NDB (GPS) Navigation Data Base
NEG Negative
NG Nose Gear
NH High Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NIL Nothing, No Object
NL Low Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NM Nautical Mile
NORM Normal
NP Propeller Rotation Speed
NPU Navigation Processor Unit
NVM Non Volatile Memory
N/W Nose Wheel
NWS Nose Wheel Steering

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 9 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

OAT Outside Air Temperature


OBS Omni Bearing Selector
OT Other traffic
OUTB Outboard
OVBD Overboard
OVERTEMP Overtemperature
OVHP OverHead Paneal
OVHT Overheat
OVLY Overlay
OVRD Override
OXY Oxygen

PA Passenger Address
PB Push Button
PEBMV Parking/Emergency Braking Metering Valve
PEC Propeller Electronic Control
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFTS Power Feeder Thermal Sensor
PIU Propeller Interface Unit
PL Power Lever
PLA Power Lever Angle
PNF Pilot Non Flying
PNL Panel
POS Position
P--RNAV Precision Area Navigation
PRESS Pressurization, Pressure
PRIM Primary
PRKG Parking
PROC Procedure
PROP Propeller
PROX SW Proximity Switch
PRV Pressure Regulating Valve
PSI Pound per Square Inch
PSU Passenger Service Unit
PSV Propeller Servo Valve
PT Point

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 10 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

PT (TCAS) Proximity traffic


PTB Power Trim Box
PTT Push To Talk, Push To Test
PTW Pitch Thumb Wheel
PVCU Power and Video Control Unit
PVM Propeller Valve Module
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
PWR Power
QAR Quick Access Recorder
QRC Quick Release Control
QT Quart
QTY Quantity
RA (TCAS) Resolution Advisory
RA Radio Altitude
RAD/ALT Radio Altitude
RAD/INT Radio/Interphone
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RCAU Remote Control Audio Unit
RCDR Recorder
RCL Recall
RCP Refuel Control Panel
RCT Rain Echo Attenuation Compensation Technique
RCU Releasable Centering Unit
RECIRC Recirculation
REV Reverse
RGA Reserve Go--Around
RGB Reduction Gear Box
RH Right Hand
RLY Relay
RMA Radio Management Application
RMG Right Main Gear
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RMS Radio Management System
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RQD Required
RTO Reserve Take--Off
RTOW Regulatory Take--Off Weight
RUD Rudder

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 11 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

SAT Static Air Temperature


SB Service Bulletin
SBTC Stand By bus Transfer Contactor
SBY Stand By
SC Single Chime, Starter Contactor
SCU Signal Conditioning Unit
SD System Display
SDTC Static Inverter Override Transfer Contactor
SEC Secondary
SEL Selector
SELCAL Selective Calling
SGL Single
SGU Symbol Generator Unit
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SMK Smoke
SMKG Smoking
S/O (SO) Shut Off
SOV Shut Off Valve
SPD Speed
SPLR Spoiler
SPLY Supply
SSR Service Bus Select Relay
STAB Stabilizer
STAR Standard Arrival
STBY Stand By
STR Service Bus Transfer Relay
STRG Steering
SVCE Service
SW Switch
SYNPHR Synchrophaser
SYS System
TA (TCAS) TRAFFIC Advisory
TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness Waring System
TBD To be Determined
TCAS Traffic Collision and Avoidance System
TCF Terrain Clearance Floor

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 12 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

TCS Touch Control Steering


T/D Time Delay
TEMP Temperature
TGT Target
TIC Turbine Inlet Control
TK Tank
TLU Travel Limiting Unit
TM Torque Motor
T/O (TO) Take off
TOD Take--Off Distance
TOR Take--Off Run
TOW Take off weight
TQ Torque
TRU Transformer Rectifier Unit
TTG Time To Go
TTL Tuned to LOC
UBC Utility Bus Contactor
U/F Underfloor
UHF Ultra High Frequency
UNCPL Uncouple
UNDV Undervoltage
UNLK Unlock
UTLY Utility
VC Calibrated Airspeed
VCCU Video Cabin Command Unit
VCP Virtual Control Panel
VENT Ventilation
VERT Vertical
VHF Very High Frequency
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in flight
VMCG Minimum Contorl Speed on ground
VMCL Minimum Conrol Speed during landing approach
VMHB Velocity minimum High Bank
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR VHF OMNI Directionnal Range
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
VU Visual Unit

Model : 212 A
1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 13 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

W Watt
WARN Warning
WAT Weight Altitude Temperature
WBM Weight and Balance Manual
WOW Weight On Wheel
WX Wheater Mode

XFEED Cross feed


XFR Transfer
XPDR Transponder

YD Yaw Damper

ZA Aircraft Altitude
ZCTH Theoritical Cabin Altitude
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZP Pressure Altitude
ZRA Radio Altimeter Altitude

Model : 212 A
1 –03
GENERAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM 3 VIEW DRAWING DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

R 3.93 m

7.65 m (301.181 in)


(154.724 in)

10.772 m (424.095 in) 4.10 m

27.149 m (1068.859 in) (161.417 in)

27.166 m (1069.528 in) 8.10 m (318.898 in)


27.05 m (1064.961 in)

7.31 m (287.795 in)


2.362 m
(92.992 in)

WING
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 m2 ( 94550 in2 )
ROOT CHORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.574 m ( 101.339 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.995
REFERENCE CHORD LA ( = MAC ) . . . . . . . . 2.303 m ( 90.669 in)
DISTANCE FROM MOMENT ORIGIN TO REFERENCE
CHORD LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.604 m ( 535.591 in)

HORIZONTAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.73 m2 ( 18182 in2)
REFERENCE CHORD LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.636 m ( 64.409 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.555
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.654 m ( 537.559 in)

VERTICAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.48 m2 ( 19344 in2)
REF CHORD LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.851 m ( 112.244 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.484 m ( 491.496 in)

Model : 212 A
2 -- 00
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 600
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12
2 . 00 -- CONTENTS
2 . 01 -- GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
KINDS OF OPERATION
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
2 . 02 -- WEIGHT AND LOADING
WEIGHTS
CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE
LOADING
2 . 03 -- AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
AIRSPEEDS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
2 . 04 -- POWER PLANT
ENGINES
PROPELLERS
OIL SYSTEM
STARTER
FUEL SYSTEM
2 . 05 -- SYSTEMS
AIR - PRESSURIZATION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LANDING GEAR
FLAPS
AFCS
INSTRUMENTS MARKING
CARGO DOOR OPERATION
ELECTRICAL
MFC
COMMUNICATIONS
TCAS
FMS
CABIN LIGHTING
TAWS
R AIRPORT NAVIGATION FUNCTION (if installed)
2 . 06 -- ICING CONDITIONS
2 . 07 -- TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 01
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 01 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION
Observance of the limitations contained in this chapter is required by law.
When operating in accordance with an approved appendix or supplement to
this manual, the limitations of this basic Airplane Flight Manual section apply,
except as altered by such an appendix or supplement.
2 . 01 . 02 -- KINDS OF OPERATION
The airplane is certified in the Transport Category, JAR 25 and ICAO annex 16
for day and night operations, in the following conditions when the appropriate
equipment and instruments required by the airworthiness and operating
regulations are approved, installed and in an operable condition :
- VFR and IFR
- Flight in icing conditions.
- Reverse thrust taxi (single or twin engine)
2 . 01 . 03 -- MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
2 pilots
2 . 01 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
Refer to 6.01.03 for airplane configuration associated with certified
performances.
2 . 01 . 05 -- MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
25000 ft
2 . 01 . 06 -- MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
Gear and flaps retracted : + 2.5 to -- 1 g
Gear and/or flaps extended : + 2 to 0 g
2 . 01 . 07 -- CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
Refer to 7.01.02
2 . 01 . 08 -- NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
The aircraft meets the requirements of ICAO annex 16, Chapter 4 with no
weight restriction.
Refer to noise characteristics in Appendix 7.01.01 of this manual for noise
levels.
2 . 01 . 09 -- MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
74 as limited by emergency exits configuration.

Model : 212 A
2 -- 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 130
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 01 -- WEIGHTS
STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB
RAMP 23170 51080
TAKE--OFF 23000 50705
LANDING 22350 49273
ZERO FUEL 21000 46296

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Maximum take--off weight and maximum landing weight may be reduced by


performance requirements related to the following (see chapter 6) :

-- climb performance (first and second segment, final take--off and


en route, approach and landing climb)
-- available runway length (take--off and landing)
-- tyre limit speed
-- brake energy limit, observe BRK TEMP alert for take--off
-- obstacle clearance (take--off and en route)
-- en route and landing weight

Mod: 6219 Model : 212 A


2 –03 DEC 96
LIMITATIONS AUG 02
PAGE : 1 001
AFM AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL
DGAC FEB 03
PARAMETERS APPROVED

2 . 03 . 01 – AIRSPEEDS
• MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED VMO / MMO
This limit must not be intentionally exceeded in any flight regime.

VMO = 250 kt CAS MMO = 0.55

• MAXIMUM DESIGN MANEUVERING SPEED VA


Full application of roll and yaw controls, as well as maneuvers that
involve angles of attack near the stall should be confined to speeds
below VA.

VA = 175 kt CAS

R CAUTION : Rapidly alternating large rudder applications in


combination with large sideslip angles may result in
structural failure at any speed.
• MAXIMUM FLAPS EXTENDED OR OPERATING SPEEDS VFE
FLAPS 15 185 kt CAS
FLAPS 30 150 kt CAS

• MAXIMUM LANDING GEAR EXTENDED OR OPERATING SPEEDS


VLE = 185 kt CAS
VLO lowering = 170 kt CAS
retracting = 160 kt CAS

Model : 212 A
2 –03
LIMITATIONS
AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PAGE : 2 060
AFM PARAMETERS DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

2 . 03 . 02 – OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

Note : Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.


TAKE–OFF AND LANDING
– Tail wind limit : 15 kt
– Maximum mean runway slope : ± 2 %

Mod : 3522 Eng : – Model : 212 A


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
JUL 08

R 2 . 04 . 01 -- ENGINES: PRATT&WHITNEY CANADA PW127F or PW127M


Operating limits with no unscheduled maintenance action required
Beyond these limits refer to maintenance manual

OIL
OPERATING TIME TQ ITT NH NL NP OIL TEMP
PRESS
CONDITION LIMIT (%) (oC) (%) (%) (%) (oC) (2)
(PSI)
RESERVE
10 mn (6) 100 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF
NORMAL
5 mn 90 (1) (5) 101.9 101.4 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF
MAXIMUM
R CONTINUOUS none (7) 90.9 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125

GROUND 66 40 mini
(4) -- 40 to 125
IDLE mini
HOTEL
715 55 to 65 125
MODE
TRANSIENT 20 s 120 840 106.4 106.8 106(3) 40 to 100
5s 120
20 mn 140
STARTING 5s 950 --54 mini

1) Value linked to 100 % NP.


2) Oil temperature must be maintained above 45o C to ensure protection for the
engine air inlet against ice accumulation.
3) Permissible for completion of flight provided TQ does not exceed
75.2 % during climb and 73.13 % during cruise.
4) Up to 75 % NH only.
5) ITT limits depend on outside air temperature. Refer to 2.04 page 2.
6) Single engine operation only, beyond 5 mn.
R 7) MCT rating is the max power certified for continuous use. In--flight emergencies
are the only conditions for which MCT use is authorized.
NOTE : Flight with an engine running and the propeller feathered is not
permitted.

Model : 212 A
2 –04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF

ITT LIMITATION AT NORMAL TAKE OFF RATING

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


2 –04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM POWER PLANT DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

2 . 04 . 02 – PROPELLERS
TWO HAMILTON STANDARD HS 568 F – 1

GROUND OPERATION
H Engine run up must be performed into the wind.
H Avoid static operation between 41.6 % and 62.5 % NP.
H Avoid operation in feather above 66.6 % TQ.

GROUND OR FLIGHT OPERATION


H If a propeller is involved in an overspeed or in an engine overtorque
refer to the propeller maintenance manual.

FLIGHT OPERATION
H ATR airplanes are protected against a positioning of power levers
below the flight idle stop in flight by an IDLE GATE device.
It is reminded that any attempt to override this protection is prohibited.
Such positioning may lead to loss of airplane control or may result in
an engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


DEC 96
2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS FEB 05
PAGE : 4 001 JUL 06
POWER PLANT SEP 06
AFM EASA AUG 07
APPROVED

2 . 04 . 03 -- OIL SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
Refer to specification PWA 521 type II.

2 . 04 . 04 -- STARTER
3 starts with a 1 minute 30 seconds maximum combined starter running time
followed by 4 minutes OFF.

2 . 04 . 05 -- FUEL SYSTEM
R Acceptable fuels : Jet A, Jet A1, JP5 and RT, TS1.
Use of JP4 and Jet B is prohibited.

TEMPERATURE
• For flight preparation, a minimum fuel temperature must be taken
into account to ensure adequate relight :
R --34oC JET A, JET A1 and RT, TS1.
--26oC for fuel type JP5.
• Maximum temperature :
R 57oC for fuel types JET A, JET A1, JP 5 and RT, TS1.
REFUELING
Maximum pressure 3.5 bars (50 PSI)

USABLE FUEL
The total quantity of fuel usable in each tank is : 2500 kg (5510 lbs)

NOTE : Fuel remaining in the tanks when quantity indicators show zero is
not usable in flight.
UNBALANCE
Maximum fuel unbalance : 730 kg (1609 lbs)

FEEDING
• Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole
flight envelope.
R
• One electrical pump and associated jet pump are able to supply
both engines in the whole flight envelope.

Model : 212 A
2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA APR 11
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 01 -- PRESSURIZATION
Maximum differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 PSI
Maximum negative differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 0.5 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for OVBD VALVE
full open selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PSI
Maximum altitude for one bleed off operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20000 ft
2 . 05 . 02 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Specification : Hyjet IV or Skydrol LD 4
2 . 05 . 03 -- LANDING GEAR
Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited.
Do not perform pivoting (sharp turns) upon a landing gear with fully braked
wheels except in case of emergency.
In case of ground speed over 165 kt all tires to be replaced.
2 . 05 . 04 -- FLAPS
Holding with any flaps extended is prohibited in icing conditions (except for
single engine operations).
2 . 05 . 05 -- AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)
-- Minimum height for autopilot engagement on take off : 100 ft. After T/O below
1000 f : use of autopilot is not permitted with bank angle greater than 15_.
-- Minimum height for autopilot use in single source configuration: do not use
AP/YD in single source configuration(one ADC and/or one AHRS lost)
-- below 1000 ft AGL, or
-- with stall warning inoperative.
-- NAV mode for VOR approach, using either autopilot or flight director is
authorized only if :
-- a co--located DME is available, and
-- DME HOLD is not selected
-- Minimum height for use of either autopilot or flight director :
-- Except during take off or executing an approach : 1000 ft
-- VS or IAS mode during approach : 160 ft
-- CAT 1 APP mode : 160 ft
Refer to 7.01.03 for CAT II operation
.../...

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA APR 11
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 06 -- INSTRUMENTS MARKING
Red arc or radial line : minimum and maximum limits
Yellow arc : caution area
Green arc : normal area
2 . 05 . 07 -- CARGO DOOR OPERATION
Do not operate cargo door with a lateral wind component of more than 45 kt.
2 . 05 . 08 -- ELECTRICAL

Single DC GEN operation :


In flight, if OAT exceeds ISA + 25, flight level must be limited to FL200.
2 . 05 . 09 -- MFC
Take off with two or more failed MFC modules is prohibited
2 . 05 . 10 -- COMMUNICATIONS
Not applicable

2 . 05 . 11 -- TCAS

Refer to appendix 7.01.04

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 800
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- FMS

1 -- GENERAL
The FMS:
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with, AC 20--130A for navigation use.
- has been demonstrated to meet the En--route continental B--RNAV
requirements of AMC 20--4 or equivalent in single GPS configuration.
- has been demonstrated to meet the P--RNAV requirements of JAA TGL no10.
- has been demonstrated to meet the RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach
R requirement and RNP APCH 0.3 AMC 20--27 specification in single GPS
configuration.
- APV BARO--VNAV operations had not been demonstrated and are not
approved.

2 -- LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply
to their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
R - The FCOM part 4 (FMS pilot’s guide) must be available on board.
- The approval of the system is based on the assumption that the navigation
database has been validated for intended use.
- In single GPS configuration, the system is approved for use for oceanic and
remote operations when only one long range navigation system is required.
- This systemis approvedfor RNAVEn--route continental(B--RNAV) andRNAV
terminal area operations like RNAV SID/STAR (P--RNAV).
NOTE : This system is approved in any of the following configurations: AP
coupling, FD only or raw data (HSI information).
- This system is also approved as a supplemental navigation means for
conventional En--route continental operations, conventional terminal
operations (SID/STAR)andconventionalnon--precisionapproach(e.g.NDB,
VOR/DME, LOC,...) provided :
S Approved navigation equipments, other than GNSS, required for the
route to be flown are installed and operational.
S When the system is used to fly non--precision approach not promulgated
as RNAV (GNSS) approach, or when procedure coordinates
(SID/STAR,Approach) cannot be guaranteed asWGS84, raw data
(conventional navigation information) are displayed to verify the correct
RNAV (GNSS) guidance.
.../...

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 810
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- FMS

1 -- GENERAL
The FMS:
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with, AC 20--130A for navigation use.
- has been demonstrated to meet primary means of navigation in
oceanic/remote areas in accordance with FAA Notice 8400.12B or equivalent
in dual GPS configuration.
- has been demonstrated to meet the En--route continental B--RNAV
requirements of AMC 20--4 or equivalent in single GPS configuration.
- has been demonstrated to meet the P--RNAV requirements of JAA TGL no10.
- has been demonstrated to meet the RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach
R requirement and RNP APCH 0.3 AMC 20--27 specification in single GPS
configuration.

2 -- LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply
to their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
R - The FCOM part 4 (FMS pilot’s guide) must be available on board.
- The approval of the system is based on the assumption that the navigation
database has been validated for intended use.
- In single GPS configuration, the system is approved for use for oceanic and
remote operations when only one long range navigation system is required.
- This systemis approvedfor RNAVEn--route continental(B--RNAV) andRNAV
terminal area operations like RNAV SID/STAR (P--RNAV).
NOTE : This system is approved in any of the following configurations: AP
coupling, FD only or raw data (HSI information).
- This system is also approved as a supplemental navigation means for
conventional En--route continental operations, conventional terminal
operations (SID/STAR)andconventionalnon--precisionapproach(e.g.NDB,
VOR/DME, LOC,...) provided :
S Approved navigation equipments, other than GNSS, required for the
route to be flown are installed and operational.
R S When the system is used to fly non--precision approach not promulgated
R as RNAV (GNSS) approach, raw data (conventional navigation
R information) are displayed to verify the correct RNAV (GNSS) guidance.
.../...

Mod : 5948 + 5965 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3A 800
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- FMS (CONT’D)

- Single GPS configurations is approved for RNAV (GNSS) non--precision


approach provided:
SThe crew respects the published MDA (without VNAV (VDEV) credit)
R SThe published approach procedure is referenced to WGS84 coordinates
SBefore starting the approach, crew checks GNSS is operating without
GPS INTEG (on ND).
R SAPPR annunciation is displayed in green on HSI for final approach.
R NOTE : Pilots intending to conduct an RNP APCH 0.3 procedure must fly the
full leg starting from IAF otherwise the system will not switch to
R APPR mode (RNP and lateral deviationI scale will remain at 1NM)
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches are performed only if a
non--GNSS approach procedure is available at destination or at alternate
destination.
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches must be aborted in case of GPS
INTEG on ND or UNABLE RNP on ND and/or GPS or RNP annunciator on
R MCDU.
SApproved navigation equipments, other than RNAV(GNSS), requiredfor
the approach to be flown (at destination and at any required alternate
airport) are installed and operational.
NOTE : ILS, LOC, LOC BC, LDA, SDF and MLS approaches are not
covered.
NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently cross--checked by
conventional means (primary altimeters displays)

- If GNSS must be used in oceanic/remote area, B--RNAV (if DME are not
available), P--RNAV or for approach phases, the availability of the GPS
integrity (RAIM or FDE functions) must be checked by the operator using
prediction tool available in the GNSS during the pre--flight planning phase or
any other approved tool.

.../...

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3A 810
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- FMS (CONT’D)

- Both single and dual GPS configurations are approved for RNAV (GNSS)
non--precision approach provided:
SThe crew respects the published MDA (without VNAV (VDEV) credit)
R SThe published approach procedure is referenced to WGS84 coordinates.
SBefore starting the approach, crew checks that for dual configuration at
least one GNSS is operating without GPS INTEG (on ND) or for single
configuration GNSS is operating without GPS INTEG (on ND).
R SAPPR annunciation is displayed in green on HSI for final approach.
R NOTE : Pilots intending to conduct an RNP APCH 0.3 procedure must fly
the full leg starting from IAF otherwise the system will not switch
R to APPR mode (RNP and lateral deviation scale will remain at 1NM)
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches are performed only if a
non--GNSS approach procedure is available at destination or at alternate
destination.
SRNAV (GNSS) non--precision approaches must be aborted in case of GPS
INTEG on ND or UNABLE RNP on ND, and /or GPS or RNP annunciator on
MCDU.
SApproved navigation equipments, other than RNAV(GNSS), requiredfor
the approach to be flown (at destination and at any required alternate
airport) are installed and operational.
NOTE : ILS, LOC, LOC BC, LDA, SDF and MLS approaches are not
covered.

- The RNAV (GNSS) system can be used as advisory Baro--VNAV system.


NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently cross--checked by
conventional means (primary altimeters displays)
- If GNSS must be used in oceanic/remote area, B--RNAV (if DME are not
available), P--RNAV or for approach phases, the availability of the GPS
integrity (RAIM or FDE functions) must be checked by the operator using
prediction tool available in the GNSS during the pre--flight planning phase or
any other approved tool.

Mod : 5948 + 5965 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3B 800
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- FMS (CONT’D)

3 -- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE


R - SINGLE GPS:
SFor RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach, in the event of GPS INTEG
illumination or if “UNABLE RNP” message occurs, perform a go around
unless suitable visual reference is available.

SIn case of loss of navigation or navigation degradation leading to the loss


of the required navigation performance crew must inform ATC and revert to
alternate navigation means.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3B 810
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2 . 05 . 12 -- GPS (CONT’D)

3 -- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE


R
- DUAL GPS:
SFor RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach : in the event of both GPS
INTEG alarm illuminations or if EPE increases a lot (different messages
can be triggered on MCDU), perform a go around unless suitable visual
reference is available.

SIn case of loss of navigation or navigation degradation leading to the loss


of the required navigation performance crew must inform ATC and revert to
alternate navigation means.
R
- SINGLE GPS:
SFor RNAV (GNSS) non--precision approach, in the event of GPS INTEG
alarm illumination or if “UNABLE RNP” message occurs, perform a go
around unless suitable visual reference is available.

SIn case of loss of navigation or navigation degradation leading to the loss


of the required navigation performance crew must inform ATC and revert to
alternate navigation means.

Mod : 5948 + 5965 Model : 212 A


2 –05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED FEB 99

2 . 05 . 13 – CABIN LIGHTING

The general cabin illumination system must be used during not less than 15
minutes before each flight.

Mod : 5040 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 5 210
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

2.05.14 -- TAWS
1. Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the terrain display.

Note : The Terrain display is intended to serve as a situational awareness


tool only. It does not have the integrity, accuracy or fidelity on which
to solely base decisions for terrain or obstacle avoidance.
2.To avoid giving nuisance alerts, the predictive TAWS functions must be
inhibited when landing at an airport that is not included in the airport
database.

3.The current local QNH must be entered in the Pilot’s altimeter for proper
terrain alerting.

4.QFE operation is not permitted in conjunction with TAWS.

Mod : 6135 or 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 6 100
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

2.05.15 -- AIRPORT NAVIGATION FUNCTION

Not applicable

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 –06
LIMITATIONS DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001 FEB 99
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED FEB 00

2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS
• Atmospheric icing conditions exist when
– OAT on the ground and for take–off is at or below 5oC or when TAT in
flight is at or below 7oC,
– and visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of less than one mile, rain, snow, sleet and ice crystals).
• Ground icing conditions exist when
– OAT on the ground is at or below 5oC,
– and surface snow, standing water or slush is present on the ramps
taxiways and runways.
Take–off is prohibited when frost, snow or ice is adhering to the wings,
control surfaces or propellers.
Ć Operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
NP setting below 82 % is prohibited.
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and 6.06.02 for
performance data.
R All icing detection lights must be operative prior to flight at night.
NOTE : This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL).
The ice detector must be operative.
Ć Operation in ground icing conditions :
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and to FCOM part 3 and to
AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on contaminated runways
penalties.

.../...

Model : 212 A
2 –06
LIMITATIONS DEC 96
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 99
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED FEB 04

2 . 06 . 01 – ICING CONDITIONS (cont’d)


Ć Severe icing :
R WARNING :
Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for
which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or
mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result
in ice build–up on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice
protection system, or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces.
This ice may not be shed using the ice protection systems, and may
seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the airplane.
– During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the
airplane is certificated shall be determined by the following :
Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a
substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window,
and / or
Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb,
and / or
The following secondary indications :
. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice.
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
. Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed.
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in–flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

If one of these phenomena is observed, immediately request priority


handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to
exit the icing conditions. Apply procedure specified in the Emergency
Procedures chapter.
– Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes in
handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when the severe
icing defined above exists, or when unusual lateral trim requirements or
autopilot trim warnings are encountered while the airplane is in icing
conditions.

Model : 212 A
2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

2 . 07 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION
This section is intended to give temporary limitations (if applicable) on aircraft
configurations and/or on systems.
These limitations supersede those described in the others basic sections of
the Limitations chapter.

2 . 07 . 02 -- LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS

Subject Applicability Date in Cancel by and/


or Date out
R Use of Yaw trim Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
R VOR/DME Autotuning Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
R Complex failures Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
R Cross--check DH/MDA Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
FMS, wrong direction of turn Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6592/JUL 11
R FMS, mix ox of Mag and True Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
reference on the MCDU display.
R FWS, Family effect Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
R IAS mode selection Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
R System Page display Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6521/FEB 12
DME distance on ILS approach Mod 5948 APR 11 Mod 6604/JUL 11

(*) Applicability shows the corresponding (subject) temporary limitation(s) that


is (are) applicable to the aircraft fitted with the precised Mod.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 03 -- USE OF YAW TRIM

1) Reason of Issue
Yaw damper provides a side slip cancellation function, and with YD engaged
the side slip indicator remains centered throughout the flight without any action
of the pilot.
As there is no Yaw autotrim function, when reaching a given effort threshold on
the rudder servo, the system sometimes requests a crew action to release this
effort, and a message ” RETRIM A/C NOSE RIGHT (LEFT) ” is then displayed
on FMA with an associated arrow on the EWD yaw trim indicator.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future.
This upgrade will remove this limitation by implementing a yaw auto trim
function.

2) Procedure(s)
When the message ” RETRIM A/C NOSE RIGHT (LEFT) ” is displayed on
FMA, the PF must act on the rudder trim in the direction indicated by the blue
arrow simultaneously displayed on the EWD yaw trim indicator.

The pilot must then release the rudder trim lever as soon as the message and
the arrow disappear.

Moreover, to avoid any disturbance in approach, the rudder trim must be


centered as soon as IAS comes below 170 Kt, and at least when Flaps 15 are
extended.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 04 -- VOR / DME AUTOTUNING

1) Reason of Issue
Avionics system provides an autotuning function of the VOR/DME 1 and 2; this
Autotuning function is useful in case of GPS malfunction in order to optimize the
computation of the Aircraft position via radio navigation means.

Untimely deselections have been observed, with the associated amber


message on MCDU.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future to remove this limitation.

2) Procedure(s)
In case of Autotuning function selection, crew must be aware of the likely
eventuality of an untimely deselection.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 05 -- COMPLEX FAILURES

1) Reason of Issue
In some cases of complex failures or multiple failures, it may happen that a
single failure may induce numerous cautions.
For instance a DC GEN failure coupled with a BTC stuck open implies the loss
of the DC BUS, and numerous equipments are then faulty with their associated
caution.

The length of the Caution list does not help an optimal failure management.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future to remove this limitation.
The failure management will be improved with the implementation of the FWS
procedure module.

2) Procedure(s)
When a sudden list of several cautions appears in the alerting window, the crew
has to analyze the list to look for the root cause of all these cautions.

Specially look for MFC failure, DC, AC or ACW Bus loss.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 5 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 06 -- CROSS--CHECK DH / MDA

1) Reason of Issue
CM1 and CM2 can select independently DH or MDA, and in any of these
modes, they can select independently the value.

Moreover audio alerts linked to the decision height are only triggered by the
CM1 selection.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future.
This upgrade will remove the limitation by the synchronization of CM1 and CM2
selections.

2) Procedure(s)
When preparing approach data, the crew must select the same DH or MDA and
check the displayed value is the same.

DH/MDA cross check is an item of the Descent C/L.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 6 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

R TEMPORARY LIMITATION NOT APPLICABLE

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R Mod: 5948 + 6592 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 7 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 08 -- FMS, MIX OF MAG AND TRUE REFERENCE ON THE MCDU


DISPLAY.

1) Reason of Issue
On the FPL pages, track between waypoints is normally given in Magnetic
reference, but for some legs where the magnetic deviation is not known, the
FMS is displaying a True referenced track.
A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will
be released in the future.
This upgrade will remove the limitation by the improvement of the FMS
computations to give magnetic data.

2) Procedure(s)
When a True reference is displayed in the MCDU (T label), the crew must apply
the computation of the magnetic deviation to get the magnetic track.

-- HIGH LATITUDE OPERATIONS are prohibited.


-- Avoid forecasted areas of magnetic unreliability.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 8 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 09 -- FWS, FAMILY EFFECT

1) Reason of Issue
Most of the cautions (more than 300) are classified in families, such as ENG,
FUEL, ELEC, AIR, HYD, ANTI--ICING, AVNX.

When one caution is triggered, its label is blinking on the alerting window,
associated with SC and Master Caution.

If another caution of the same family is triggered before the crew has cleared
the previous one, the label is blinking on the alerting window but without SC nor
Master Caution.

2) Procedure(s)
As soon as a procedure is completed, the FWS must be cleared, so that the SC
and the Master Caution are rearmed.

When the alerting window is not empty the crew must monitor the eventual
incoming of new blinking labels.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 9 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 10 -- IAS MODE SELECTION

1) Reason of Issue
When IAS<V min OPS, the selection of IAS mode is inhibited.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future.
This upgrade will remove the limitation by making the IAS mode engagement
possible disregarding the current IAS.

2) Procedure(s)
PF must fly in the normal range of IAS to engage IAS mode.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 10 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

2 . 07 . 11 -- SYSTEM PAGE DISPLAY

1) Reason of Issue
Some parameters may be displayed in amber on the System Page although
they are in the normal operational range. It has been observed specially for the
Cabin differential Pressure, the Cabin Altitude and the PROP BRK label.

On the New Avionics System, the parameters are monitored and displayed in
green, amber or red, depending on the figure measured compared to
associated limitations.

It may happen that a border--line parameter is displayed in amber although it is


normal, because of a bad management of the measurement tolerance.

A new software upgrade L2B2 requiring dedicated airworthiness approval will


be released in the future to remove this limitation.

2) Procedure(s)
When a parameter is displayed in amber on a System Page, disregard the color
if the value is close to the normal range.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


2 -- 07
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 11 001
AFM TEMPORARY LIMITATIONS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

R TEMPORARY LIMITATION NOT APPLICABLE

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R Mod: 5948 + 6604 Model : 212 A


3 -- 00 DEC 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

3 . 00 -- CONTENTS

3 . 01 -- COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS

ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


TRIMS
CVR

3 . 02 -- DAILY CHECKS

ATPCS TEST
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
TRIMS
ENGINE BOOST (IF INSTALLED)

3 . 03 -- TAKE OFF

3 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONDITIONS

ICING CONDITIONS
SEVERE TURBULENCE

3 . 05 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

NORMAL LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

3 . 06 -- CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

3 . 07 -- TAWS

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


3 -- 01 DEC 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES FEB 03
PAGE : 1 600
AFM COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS EASA APR 11
APPROVED

3 . 01 . 01 -- ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


-- Check ENG 2 (1) fire handle IN, latched and locked wired
-- Extinguish any white lt
-- Depress SQUIB TEST pb and check both AGENT SQUIB lt illuminate
-- Select TEST sw on FAULT and check :
. both LOOP A and LOOP B FAULT lt illuminate
. FWS Alerting is activated (SC + MC Amber light + LOOP displayed amber lt
on FWS window)
-- Select TEST sw on FIRE and check :
. ENG FIRE red lt illuminates into associated fire handle
. FWS Alerting is activated (CRC+ MW lt flashing red + ENG 2 (1) displayed
RED on EWD and FWS window)
-- Press MW to silence CRC and extinguish the MW :
-- Temporarily select CL out of FUEL S O Position and check :
. Associated CL FUEL S O red light illuminates.

3 . 01 . 02 -- TRIMS
-- Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation
-- Check STBY PITCH TRIM operation, check GUARDED SW in OFF position

See Daily Check in 3--02 page 1

3 . 01 . 03 -- CVR
-- CVR
-- Depress the RCDR GND CTL P/B on the pedestal and check :
. ON blue light on P/B illuminates
-- Depress the CVR TEST P/B and check :
.Needless GREEN ARC AREA after # 3s.
-- Stop the CVR by depressing the RESETP/B on the pedestal and check on
RCDR :
.GND P/B ON BLUE LIGHT EXTINGUISH

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


3 -- 02
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM DAILY CHECKS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

3 . 02 . 01 -- ATPCS TEST (autofeather and uptrim while engines run)


Conditions : -- Both CLs AUTO
-- Both PLs at GI
-- ATPCS pb depressed. OFF extinguished.
-- PWR MGT selector on TO position
Check the following results on EWD :
-- Turn the ATPCS knob to the left to the arm position and check
. ARM light ILLUMINATES
. TQ INDICATION INCREASE
. NP & NH INDICATION DECREASE
--Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 1 position and check :
. ENG 2 UPTRIM LIGHT ILLUMINATE
. TQ 2 NO CHANGE
. NP, NH INCREASE SLIGHTLY
R . TQ 1 DECREASE BELOW 18 %
-- After 2.15 s :
. ARM light EXTINGUISHES
. ENG 1 AUTO FTR
-- Turn the ATPCS knob to the right to the arm position and check :
. ARM light ILLUMINATES
.TQ INDICATION INCREASE
. NP & NH INDICATION DECREASE
-- Turn the ATPCS knob to ENG 2 position and check :
.ENG 1 UPTRIM LIGHT ILLUMINATE
.TQ 1 NO CHANGE
.NP, NH INCREASE SLIGHTLY
R .TQ 2 DECREASE BELOW 18 %
-- After 2.15 s :
.ARM light . EXTINGUISHES
. ENG 2 AUTO FTR
CAUTION :Do not perform ATPCS TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporarily
lost and consequently, both main hyd. pumps are temporarily lost as
well.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


3 -- 02
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1A 600
AFM DAILY CHECKS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

3 . 02 . 02 -- STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST


-- Release gust lock
-- Push Control column in nose down position
-- Select WARN rotary selector (LH maintenance panel) to STICK PUSHER
YES
-- depress and maintain PTT
-- monitor stall cricket and stick shaker
-- after ten seconds delay, monitor
. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 illuminate green on LH maintenance panel
R . STICK PUSHER green labels display on both pilots FMA
. stick pusher actuator operates.
3 . 02 . 03 -- TRIMS
For the first flight of the day :
--Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation as follows :
--Check the normal TRIM activation in both directions by depressing
simultaneously both control rocker switches
--For few seconds depress independently each single control rocker
switch and check the non--activation of the corresponding TRIM in both
possible directions
--Reset TRIMS as required for take off

3 . 02 . 04 -- ENG BOOST TEST (IF INSTALLED)

Conditions : -- PL 1 + 2 at GI
-- EEC 1 + 2 selected ON. OFF extinguished.

Test : -- ENG BOOST pushbutton pressed--in


-- ON illuminated
-- FAULT extinguished
-- ENG BOOST pushbutton released--out
-- ON extinguished
-- FAULT extinguished

NOTE :Test can be performed disregarding engine running condition (both


engines running, one engine running or both engines shut--off)

Mod : 5948 Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


3 -- 03
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKE OFF EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

3 . 03 . 01 -- TAKE OFF
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
PWR MGT SELECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
R ENG BOOST pushbutton (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

J BOTH EEC’s ON
-- Advance PL to power lever notch.
-- At VR rotate to the required pitch attitude to maintain an airspeed at or
above V2.
-- When a positive vertical speed is confirmed, select landing gear up.
-- At safe height :
S accelerate up to at least VFTO (flaps 0)
S retract flaps

Model : 212 A
3 -- 04 DEC 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES
FEB 99
PAGE : 1 600
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS EASA
OCT 00
APPROVED APR 11

3 . 04 . 01 -- ICING CONDITIONS
• DEFINITION
Refer to 2 .06 .01
J Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
• As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTI--ICING (propellers, horns, side--windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK BUGGED and OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ”ICING
AOA” green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.
• At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing
conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
-- ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows) . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
-- MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm AUTO
-- ENG DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
-- AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
-- Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK BUGGED and OBSERVED

NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.


In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.
• When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be
switched OFF.
• When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached the icing
speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must not
be cancelled.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


3 –04
NORMAL PROCEDURES DEC 96
PAGE : 2 001
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

• MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING ICING SPEEDS :

Whenever ICING AOA light is lit, the following minimum icing speeds must
be observed :

MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING


FLAPS MAXIMUM BANK ANGLE
ICING SPEED
0 1.40 VSR 15o
1.22 VSR T/O, 2nd segment 15o
1.27 VSR Final Take–off 15o
15
1.30 VSR En route 15o
1.35 VSR APPROACH 30o
1.24 VSR GO AROUND 15o
30 1.32 VSR Final Approach 30o

CAUTION :For obstacle clearance, the en–route configuration with engine


failure is FLAPS 15 at a minimum speed of 1.30 VSR if ice
accretion is observed.
HProcedure for take–off with ground icing conditions but no
atmospheric icing conditions :
• For take off the following procedure MUST BE APPLIED :
PROP ANTI ICING ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
NOTE : It is recommended when possible to cycle landing gear after take
off.
• Minimum maneuver/operating speeds :
The normal minimum maneuver/operating speeds are applicable.
R Refer to FCOM part 3 and to AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on
contaminated runways penalties.

NOTE : Horns anti icing must not be selected ON to avoid lowering AOA of
the stall warning threshold.

Model : 212 A
3 –04
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

3 . 04 . 02 – SEVERE TURBULENCE
– SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Maintain the speed at or below VRA : 180 kt CAS.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


3 -- 05
NORMAL PROCEDURES DEC 96
PAGE : 1 600 DEC 97
AFM APPROACH AND LANDING EASA FEB 98
APPROVED APR 11 OCT 00

3 . 05 . 01 -- NORMAL LANDING
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LDG gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN/3 GREEN
TLU LO SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO

D After nose wheel touch down


Both PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
Both LO PITCH labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check displayed GREEN
CAUTION :If a thrust dissymmetry occurs or if one LO PITCH green
label is not displayed, the use of any reverser is not
allowed.

3 . 05 . 02 -- MISSED APPROACH (both power plants operating)


- Depress Go around push button on PLs.
- Set Go around power.
- Simultaneously retract flaps one notch and rotate to the required pitch attitude.
- Accelerate to or maintain Go around speed.
- With positive rate of climb :
- Retract landing gear

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


3 –06 DEC 96
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
R AFM CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

3 . 06 . 01 – CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


1. General
Following a TAWS warning, the crew must immediately focus their attention
on terrain proximity. Positive action to alter the flight path or / and to change
the configuration should be initiated immediately.
2. Outputs
2.1. Reactive Warnings
”PULL UP” red warning lights will illuminate whenever a TAWS warning is in
progress (PULL UP or AVOID TERRAIN). ”GPWS” amber lights will
illuminate whenever a TAWS caution is in progress.
- For modes 1 to 4
• Aural alert :
Mode 1 : ”SINK RATE” “PULL UP”
Mode 2 : ”TERRAIN” PULL UP”
Mode 3 : ”DON’T SINK”
Mode 4 : According to speed and / or flaps / gear setting :
”TOO LOW TERRAIN” or ”TOO LOW GEAR”
or ”TOO LOW FLAPS”
- For mode 5
• Aural alert : ”GLIDE SLOPE”
- For mode 6
• decision height DH aural alert : ”MINIMUMS”
• Altitude Callouts Aural alert : corresponding radio altitude
• Bank Angle Aural alert : ”BANK ANGLE, BANK ANGLE”
2.2. Predictive Warnings
The CPA (Collision Prediction and Alerting) generates three basic types of
terrain alerts and/or warnings.
- 1. Terrain caution alert
This alert is generated whenever the caution clearance sensor detects a
potential terrain hazard.
• Visual alert: ”GPWS” amber lights illuminate
• Aural alert: ”TERRAIN AHEAD” or “OBSTACLE AHEAD --
OBSTACLE AHEAD”
- 2. Pull Up warning
This alert is generated whenever the CPA detects an imminent CFIT
situation with a potential terrain hazard.
• Visual alert: ”PULL UP” red lights illuminate
• Aural alert : ”TERRAIN AHEAD, PULL UP” or “OBSTACLE AHEAD,
PULL UP”
- 3. Avoid Terrain warning
This alert is generated whenever CPA determines the current flight path
will lead the aircraft into high terrain that cannot be cleared with only a
vertical escape maneuver.
• Visual alert: ”PULL UP” red lights illuminate
• Aural alert : ”AVOID TERRAIN” or “AVOID OBSTACLE”
EFIS display : conflicting terrain in yellow and red.
R Mod: 6135 or 5948 Model : 212 A
3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED APR 11

3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


(CONT’D)
3 -- Operation
-During normal operations GPWS sw should be always set on ”NORM”
position and TERR pb must be depressed in.
-In case of emergency conditions GPWS sw and TERR pb may be turned
on ”OFF” position. Refer to chapter 4.05, Ditching and forced landing.
-In case of landing in abnormal flaps conditions GPWS sw may be turned
on ”OVRD” position, refer to chapter 5.04, flight controls.
-Terrain Awareness Caution. When a terrain awareness CAUTION
occurs, verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if required. If in
doubt, perform a climb until the CAUTION alert ceases.
-Terrain Awareness Warnings.
• 1. Terrain escape maneuver following: ”TERRAIN AHEAD, PULL
UP” : immediately initiate and continue a climb that will provide
maximum terrain clearance until all alerts cease. Only vertical
manoeuvres are recommended, unless operating in visual
meteorological conditions (VMC), and/or the pilot determines,
based on available information, that turning in addition to the vertical
escape manoeuvre is a safer course of action.
• 2. Terrain escape maneuver following: ” AVOID TERRAIN” :
immediately initiate a CLIMB AND A TURN, based on any available
information but preferably external visual reference. Continue to
maneuver until warning ceases.
Notes
-All modes are inhibited by stall warning.
-Mode 5 is active if the PF side ILS is tuned on the correct frequency and
if the gear is down.
-GPWS or TERR FAULT illumination indicates that some or all reactive
or predictive warnings are lost.
In that case, the remaining alerts must be considered as valid and
taken into account.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


4 -- 00
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

4 . 00 -- CONTENTS

4 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

4 . 02 -- POWER PLANT

ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE IN FLIGHT


R ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE ON GROUND
R ENG 1(2) FIRE AT TAKE OFF
BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

4 . 03 -- SMOKE
SMOKE
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
AIR COND SMOKE
FWD SMOKE
AFT SMOKE
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

4 . 04 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DUAL DC GEN LOSS

4 . 05 -- MISCELLANEOUS
EMERGENCY DESCENT
DITCHING
FORCED LANDING
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION
SEVERE ICING
RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL CONTROL
R UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


4 –01
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

– The following procedures have been established and recommended by the


aircraft manufacturer and approved by the Airworthiness Authorities for
application in the event of a serious failure.

– The framed items correspond to actions performed by memory by the crew


within a minimum period of time.

– It is assumed that in general, all failures are indicated by the operation of


specific system warnings and/or by direct observation.

– The actions recommended may result in the loss of certain systems not
associated with the failure.

– If actions depend on a precondition, a preceding black square J is used to


identify the precondition.

– Whenever a procedure calls for LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, the


seriousness of the situation as well as use of the nearest suitable airport
should be taken into consideration.

– However, whenever fire is encountered on the airplane, landing at the nearest


suitable airport is recommended.
After conducting any fire suppression/smoke evacuation procedure, even
though smoke has been dissipated, if it has not or cannot be visibly verified
that the fire has been put out, immediately land at the nearest suitable airport.

– Whenever a fire extinguisher is discharged in the cockpit, the crew should go


to 100 % oxygen.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

R
4 . 02 . 01 -- ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE IN
FLIGHT

PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR FUEL THEN SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
LAND ASAP

4 . 02 . 02 -- ENG 1(2) FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE ON


GROUND

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE AS RQD
F When aircraft is stopped
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
CL 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH

J If evacuation is required
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION procedure . . . . APPLY

Mod : 5948 Model :212 A


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

4 . 02 . 03 -- ENG 1 (2) FIRE AT TAKE OFF


R Note: Captain may decide to shut down affected engine before reaching
acceleration altitude, but not before 400 ft AGL.

R F When airborne
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F At acceleration altitude
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
F At VFTO
J If normal conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
J If icing conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN 15°
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If fire persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If fire persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
BLEED engine alive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (if necessary)
LAND ASAP

Mod : 5948 Model :212 A


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

4 . 02 . 04 -- BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30% (no automatic relight)
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO

NOTE : See engine relight envelope (chapter 5)

J If neither engine starts


FORCED LANDING or DITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE

Model : 212 A
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SMOKE EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 00 -- SMOKE

CREW OXY MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / 100%


R GOGGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
RECIRC FANS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

SMOKE SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY


J If source not identified or electrical smoke suspected
NOTE: ELEC light may be activated by an air conditioning smoke source
ELECTRICAL SMOKE procedure (4.03.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If air conditioning smoke identified
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE procedure (4.03.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If FWD SMK illuminated or smoke in FWD zone of aircraft
FWD SMOKE procedure (4.03.03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AFT SMK illuminated or smoke in AFT zone of aircraft
AFT SMOKE procedure (4.03.04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AUX AFT COMPT SMK illuminated (depending on models)
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE procedure (4.03.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

4 . 03 . 01 -- ELECTRICAL SMOKE

SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
SUSPECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If smoke origin not identifed
LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE
R F When ∆ P below 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

Model : 212 A
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM SMOKE EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 02 -- AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE

SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA

J If smoke persists
PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PACK VALVE 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ENGINES PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAREFULLY MONITOR
J If any anomaly occurs such as :
-- ENG OVER LIMIT amber message on EWD
-- total loss of NL indication
-- engine abnormality clearly identified (NH, NL, ITT indications,
noise, surge...)
CAUTION : Confirm which engine is showing signs of abnormal
operation in order to avoid shutting down the safe
engine.
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPER PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

4 . 03 . 03 -- FWD SMOKE
1) PASSENGERS VERSION
SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
EXTRACT AIR FLOW LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED

CABIN CREW WITH PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER LOCATE AND


KILL SOURCE OF SMOKE
R LAND ASAP

R F When ∆ P below 1 PSI


OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

2) CARGO VERSION
SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
R minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended. When “Excess CAB
R ALT” warning, maintain FL160, maintain CAB ALT max increase.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

Model : 212A
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SMOKE EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 04 -- AFT SMOKE
1) PASSENGERS VERSION
SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE FOR ACTION
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH

2) CARGO VERSION
SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
R minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.When “Excess CAB
R ALT” warning, maintain FL160, maintain CAB ALT max increase.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

Model : 212A
4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SMOKE EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 05 -- AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE (IF APPLICABLE)

R SMOKE procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


AUX AFT COMPT AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCHARGE
RECIRC FANS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Model : 212 A
4 -- 04
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EASA
APPROVED FEB 12
4 . 04 . 01 -- DUAL DC GEN LOSS
R PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
DC GEN 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .OFF then ON
J If no generator recovered
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Make sure that TRU arrow illuminates and BAT arrows extinguish.
NOTE: If TRU FAULT LAND ASAP
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
R BAT SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
F/O ATT HDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWITCH TO SYS 1
F/O ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWITCH TO SYS 1
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
CAUTION: AP may be used in single source with limitations, especially the
use of AP below 1000ft AGL is prohibited.
COM / SURV / NAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE MCDU1
XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET XPDR 1
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MIN CAB LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE: NAV lights switch set to ON is necessary to provide IEP illumination
R
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE LO SPD
F When TLU LO SPD illuminates
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
CAUTION: Avoid large rudder input if IAS above 180 kt.
R
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
SIDE WINDOW / WINDSHIELD HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DE--/ANTI--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . APPLY
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
BUS EQPT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R NOTE: periodically compare PFD with IESI, crosscheck HDG / TK /
STBY--HDG

F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
R
NOTE: Selecting HYD X FEED ON allows to recover green hydraulic
system
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
Mod :5948 Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

4 . 05 . 01 -- EMERGENCY DESCENT

OXY MASKS / CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


GOOGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD

OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


SPEED . . . . . . MMO / VMO (or less if structural damage is suspected)
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
R ATC (VHF 1 / HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK

Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 02 -- DITCHING

F Preparation
R ATC (VHF 1 or HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
R
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
PACKS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
R HYD AUX PUMP pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F 30 seconds before impact or 1250 ft above sea level
DITCH PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before ditching (200 ft)


MINIMIZE IMPACT SLOPE
OPTIMUM PITCH ATTITUDE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
R NOTE: In case of night ditching, shutting down both engines may be
R performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
R (avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R
F After ditching
NOTE: After ditching, one aft door will be under the water line.
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 03 -- FORCED LANDING

F Preparation
R ATC (VHF 1 or HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
R HYD AUX PUMP pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAIN

F Before impact (200 ft)


BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
R NOTE : In case of night forced landing, shutting down both engines may be
R performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
R (avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

F After impact, when aircraft stopped


CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 04 -- ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION

AIRCRAFT / PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP / ENGAGE


R AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ATC (VHF 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
MIN CAB LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
FUEL PUMPS 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 600
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

4 . 05 . 05 -- SEVERE ICING

MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE by 10 kt


PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
AP (if engaged) . . . . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
NOTE :In case of APM messages “DEGRADED--PERF” or
“INCREASE--SPEED” Vmin OPS automatically increased by 10kt.
H If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is
observed :
Push firmly on the control wheel
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTEND 15

H If the flaps are extended, do not retract them until the airframe is clear of
ice

H If the aircraft is not clear of ice, for approach:


GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (²4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
APP/LDG CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN FLAPS 15
APP SPEED . . . . . . “REDUCED FLAPS 15 APP/LDG icing speeds” + 5 kt
Multiply landing distance FLAPS 30 by 2.12.

.../...

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


4 –05 DEC 96
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FEB 99
PAGE : 6 001 FEB 00
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED FEB 04
FEB 03
OCT 03
4 . 05 . 05 – SEVERE ICING (Cont’d)
R
DETECTION

Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a


substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window

and / or

Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb

and / or

The following secondary indications :


. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
areas
. Accumulation of ice on propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in–flight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

Model : 212 A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 7 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA FEB 12
Approved

4 . 05 . 06 -- RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL CONTROL


CONTROL WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH FIRMLY
H If flaps 00 configuration
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15°
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
H If flaps are extended
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R NOTE: This procedure is applicable regardless the LDG GEAR position is
(DOWN or UP).

4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

AP/YD/FD BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF/OFF/STBY


PITCH AND TQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
H If take off or GA below 1500 ft
PITCH IMMEDIATELY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8°
ICING / VISIBLE VOLCANIC ASHES CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
PROBE HEATING, DE--/ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON
APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
WARNING: respect STALL alarm.
NOTE: Use any GPS Speed information if available.
F Take off phase, at or above acceleration altitude
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT LEAST 30 SECONDS
. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8°
NOTE: Use climb table here after to adjust pitch if required.
AFTER TAKE OFF normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
F Climb
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLB
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
. .../...

Model: 212A
4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 8 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
Approved APR 11

4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION (CONT’D)

Altitude (ft) 5000 10000 15000 20000


Normal conditions
7° 5° 4° 3°
pitch
Icing conditions
6° 4° 3° 2°
pitch
F Cruise
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
NOTE: Average pitch in cruise is around 0°.
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRZ
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
F Descent
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT --2.5°
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 30% TQ
DESCENT normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Initial approach
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. APPROACH normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION : Transition from clean configuration to LDG configuration is to be
performed in level flight -- REFER TO ALTIMETER -- (if possible 30 seconds
between each step).
NOTE: Refer to following tables to adjust TQ:
Aircraft configuration TQ (Altitude of 3000ft)
-- Average speed 14 T 18 T 22 T
Flaps 0° -- 180 kt 35% 45% 50%
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15°
Flaps 15° -- 150 kt 35% 40% 45%
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30°
Flaps 30° -- 130 kt 45% 45% 50%

F Final Approach
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 35% TQ
BEFORE LANDING normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
NOTE: Set an average pitch of --5° for a 3° slope approach.

Model: 212A
5 -- 00
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM CONTENTS EASA APR 11
APPROVED

5 . 00 -- CONTENTS

5 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

5 . 02 -- ENGINE
ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT IN FLIGHT
ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR
ONE EEC FAULT
ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT
NAC OVHT

5 . 03 -- FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE


TAKE OFF
APPROACH AND LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

5 . 04 -- SYSTEMS
FUEL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FLIGHT CONTROLS
LANDING GEAR
AIR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
MFC
AUTOPILOT
PROPELLER CONTROL
MISCELLANEOUS

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 01
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

-- The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and


recommended by the aircraft manufacturer and approved by the
Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for a proper use of the
aircraft.

-- They give information related to system and operational requirements and


cover the actions to be followed in case of failures which are not considered as
emergency cases (these cases are covered in chapter 4).

R -- J : a preceding black square is used to identify a precondition for given


action(s).

-- F : a preceding black dot is used to indicate the moment when given


action(s) have to be applied.

-- Only particular operations, which are considered useful to highlight are


presented. Those procedures which are considered to be “basic airmanship”
are therefore not covered.

Mod : -- Eng : -- Model : 212 A


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

R 5 . 02 . 01 -- ENG 1(2) FLAME OUT IN FLIGHT


PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30 % (no immediate relight)
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R LAND ASAP
R SINGLE ENG OPERATION
J If no damage suspected
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If engine out confirmed
R LAND ASAP
R SINGLE ENG OPERATION

5 . 02 . 02 -- ENG 1(2) OIL LO PR


PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
R J If ENG OIL PRESS in red range and LO PR flag
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION
R J If ENG OIL PRESS in red range and no LO PR flag
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
J If LO PR flag
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If LO PR flag still missing
LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION
J If ENG OIL LO PR in normal range and LO PR flag
DISREGARD
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

5 . 02 . 03 -- ONE EEC FAULT


ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION :DO NOT DESELECT EEC FLASHING
F When adequate flight situation
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETARD IN GREEN SECTOR
EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If EEC recovered
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
J If EEC fault persists
EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLE THROTTLE WITH CARE
F In the following cases: icing conditions, engine(s) flame out,
emergency descent, severe turbulence, heavy rain
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

F In final approach
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 kt
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F After landing
TAXI WITH THE AFFECTED ENGINE FEATHERED
Note: ACW BTC must be checked closed in order to avoid the loss of
ACW bus on ground

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 600
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

5 . 02 . 04 -- ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE -- PW127M

5 . 02 . 05 -- ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT


FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI

CAUTION : After ATPCS sequence PWR MGT rotary selector must be set to
MCT position before engine restart in order to cancel propeller
feathering.
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A & B
START PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F When NH above 10 %
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST TO OTHER ENGINE
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
SYSTEMS AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE
APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 600
AFM ENGINE EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 02 . 06 -- NAC OVHT
J If during hotel mode operation
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO

J If during taxi
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLIGHTLY INCREASE POWER

J If NAC OVHT persists within 30 seconds


PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
PL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
CL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FUEL PUMP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

RETURN TO PARKING

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE SEP 09
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 01 -- TAKE--OFF

" REJECTED TAKE OFF (engine flame out before V1)


Immediately and simultaneously :
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE

" TAKE OFF WITH ENGINE FLAME OUT BETWEEN V1 AND V2.
-- At VR rotate to the safe pitch attitude.

-- With a positive vertical speed


LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
Use rudder and control wheel to control aircraft heading maintaining
aircraft wings essentially levelled

-- CLIMB AT V2
R -- At acceleration altitude :
J If normal conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.18 VsR FLAPS 0_
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
J If icing conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.27 VsR
FLAPS 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
CAUTION :RTO POWER IS ONLY ALLOWED FOR 10 MINUTES

" ENGINE FLAME OUT DURING INITIAL CLIMB OUT


-- Proceed as above however, if the flame out occurs above V2 it is
recommended to maintain the speed reached without exceeding
V2 + 10 Kt.
In any case the minimum speed must be equal to V2.

Model : 212 A
5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE JUL 08
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 02 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . SELECT

NOTE : At touch down, do not reduce below FI before nose wheel is on the
ground.

5 . 03 . 03 -- MISSED APPROACH
Apply normal missed approach procedure (3.05.02).

At acceleration altitude proceed as for a take off with engine flame out between
V1 and V2 (5.03 p 1).

Model : 212 A
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 01 -- FUEL
R " FUEL FEED LO PR
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
ENGINE affected side . . . . . . . . MONITOR FOR POSSIBLE RUN DOWN
J If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION :DO NOT OPEN X FEED VALVE

Model : 212 A
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

FUEL LEAK ALERT CONDITION


A fuel leak may be detected by either :
--FUEL MISMATCH or FUEL UNBALANCED alerts frequently generated
--sum of fuel tanks 1+2 qty + fuel used 1+2 significantly less than fuel at departure
--fuel spray from eng or wing tip (leak from engine or hole in tank)
--a tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank)
--excessive fuel flow (leak from engine)
--fuel smell in the cabin
" FUEL LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
J If fuel low level both tanks
LAND ASAP
J If fuel low level one tank only
J If leak suspected
FUEL LEAK procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no leak suspected
J If fuel tank quantity < 160 kg / 352 lb
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If fuel tank quantity ² 160 kg / 352 lb
FUEL CONSUMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
FUEL X FEED is not necessary

" FUEL LEAK


F When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
J If Leak from engine (excessive fuel flow or fuel spray from engine)
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION
J If excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
J In all other cases FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
J If Leak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
Note :The FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed to prevent the leak
affecting both tanks.
F Before landing
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 02 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

" DC GEN FAULT


DC GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If OAT exceeds ISA + 25
FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 MAX
R F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
F At parking
J If DC GEN 2 FAULT
Connect GPU before CL 1 FUEL SO

" DC BUS 1 OFF


DC GEN 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS SHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
R ADC CAPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IAS / BARO ALT
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL

" DC BUS 2 OFF


R DC GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
F/O SWITCHING ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SWITCH TO SYS 1
ICP F/O LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE ICP CAPT
VHF 1 / XPDR 1 / VOR--ILS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
PAX INSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
DC SVCE / UTLY BUS pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
F At parking
R Connect GPU before CL 1 FUEL SO

.../...

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 02 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

" DC EMER BUS OFF


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If DC EMER BUS recovered
CAUTION: DO NOT RESTORE HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN ON
MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED
J If DC EMER BUS FAULT persists
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
VHF2 / XPDR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
DESCENT TOWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL 100 / MEA
STBY PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE AS RQD
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
CAUTION: Minimize flight time to reduce time without engine fire detection
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
J If ice accretion
DE--ICING AIRFRAME FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI--ICING HORNS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

F Before landing
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
N/W STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

F After touch down


TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

R " MAIN (OR EMER) BAT CHG FAULT


CHG associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
" EMER + MAIN BAT CHG LOSS
R MFC modules, one at a time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R
J If EMER + MAIN BAT CHG recovered
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J If EMER + MAIN BAT CHG LOSS persists
J If no BAT arrow
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J If both BAT arrows illuminated
CAUTION: if one ACW GEN is lost, HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP to be
set to OFF and HYD X FEED to be set to ON
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If TRU online
Minimize flight time -- without battery charge
J If TRU fault
LAND ASAP

" DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED


DC SVCE/UTLY BUS PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD

" AC BUS 1 OFF


R Note: Wait for 10 seconds to confirm the failure
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL THEN ON

" AC BUS 2 OFF


R Note: Wait for 10 seconds to confirm the failure
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL THEN ON
J If AC BUS 2 OFF persists
CABIN TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
" ACW GEN FAULT
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J If ACW GEN 2 FAULT
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

.../...

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED
" ACW BUS 1(2) OFF
R
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If ACW BUS 1 OFF
CAPT SWITCHING ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYS 2
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI--ICING HORNS 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS & ALT TO IESI
J If ACW BUS 2 OFF
F/O SWITCHING ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SYS 1
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI--ICING HORNS 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS & ALT TO IESI
J If IAS discrepancy occurs
UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION emergency procedure APPLY
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

" ACW TOTAL LOSS


R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS & ALT on PFDs with IESI
Note : IESI probes are de--iced by AC STBY BUS. IESI becomes the
reference instrument.
HYD MAIN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR NORMAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
HYD BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
R FLAPS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
R LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
F After touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

5 . 04 . 03 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
R " HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO LVL
J If blue system affected
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
R HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R HYD AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R F For approach
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
USE NORMAL BRAKE FOR STEERING
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
R
J If green system affected
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
F Before landing
LDG GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

R
" HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO PR / HYD BLUE (GREEN) OVHT
R HYD PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

" HYD AUX LO PR / HYD AUX OVHT


HYD AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

5 . 04 . 03 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
" BOTH MAIN HYD PUMPS LOSS
MAIN BLUE AND GREEN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
R

F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
R TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
R

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED
5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS
"REDUCED FLAPS LANDING
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
R FLAPS LDG DIST FLAPS 30 VAPP
MULTIPLY BY
0 2.2 1.23 VSR (0) + 5 kt + wind effect
15 2 1.23 VSR (15) + wind effect
CAUTION :Tail strike may occur if pitch attitude exceeds 8_ during the flare
depending on vertical speed at touch down.
" FLAPS UNLK
J If before V1
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
J If after V1
VR, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED BUGS AUTOMATICALLY INCREASED
R
J If FLAPS UNLK during approach
GA POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS

F When possible
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
R F For approach
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R " FLAPS JAM / UNCOUPLED / ASYM
FLAPS CTL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEAR FLAPS PRESENT POSITION
R F For approach
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R
"ELEVATOR JAM
CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNCOUPLE
FREE COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS MINI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
J If one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT
EXTEND FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT
MAINTAIN FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If other cases
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
PITCH DISCONNECT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)


"PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE
EXISTING CONFIGURATION AND SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AS LONG AS POSSIBLE
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
R FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . EXTEND AT VFE FOR EACH CONFIGURATION
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15

"PITCH DISCONNECT
R FREE COLUMN(S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FREE CONTROL COLUMN SIDE
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
BANK ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30_ MAX UNTIL FLAPS EXTENSION
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS MINI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
J If one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT
EXTEND FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT
MAINTAIN FLAPS IF NECESSARY
J If other cases
IAS MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F For landing
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE SMOOTHLY TO FLARE

" STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT


STICK PUSHER / SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA ONLY
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
CAUTION : USE OF AP BELOW 1000 FT AGL IS PROHIBITED.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 6 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)


" TLU FAULT
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
J IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J IAS below 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If at least one ADC operates
J IAS above 185 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J If TLU FAULT alarm persits
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
J IAS below 185 KT
SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
R J If TLU LO SPEED message missing
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VMIN OPS + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
Note: Maximum demonstrated cross wind (dry runway) with TLU HI SPD
mode : 15 kt

" AILERON JAM / SPOILER JAM


BANK ANGLE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25o MAX
R HYD MAIN BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
R HYD MAIN BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10 KT
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IF NECESSARY
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
CAUTION: Do not extend FLAPS in turn
F When in landing configuration
R HYD MAIN BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Immediately after touch down
R HYD MAIN BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 7 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONT’D)

" RUDDER JAM


STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAPS 30
USE DIFFERENTIAL POWER TO MINIMIZE SIDE SLIP
• At touch down
NOSE DOWN BEFORE REDUCTION BELOW FI

" DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTER UNIT FAIL


J If YD is available
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
J If YD is inoperative
LOCK THE RUDDER PEDALS WITH THE FEET TO PREVENT
UNEXPECTED RUDDER PEDAL MOVEMENT

" PITCH TRIM ASYM


AP DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM MANUALLY
PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 8 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED
5 . 04 . 05 -- LANDING GEAR
" LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION
J If LDG GEAR selected DOWN
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on both panels
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If LDG GEAR selected UP
J If RED LIGHT ON on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If RED or GREEN LIGHT ON on both panels
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 KT MAX
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
R TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA ONLY
" LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . PULL ABOVE PEDESTAL LEVEL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTAIN UP TO GREEN LIGHTS ILLUMINATED
CAUTION: Do not twist the handle when operating.
R TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA only
R Note: LDG Gear cannot be retracted.
" LDG GEAR RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
R IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VLE MAX
FWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECALL
R TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA ONLY
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" ANTI--SKID FAULT
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.4
F At touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE WITH CARE
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
" BRK TEMP HOT
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs before take off
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DELAY
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs in flight
LEAVE LDG GEAR DOWN FOR 1 MINUTE AFTER TAKE OFF FOR
COOLING EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR
" BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT / BLEED 1(2) OVHT
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDE
" BLEED 1(2) LEAK
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDE
R CAUTION: Bleed (affected side) must not be restore in flight.
Note: If a bleed leak occurs on ground during taxi, go back to parking.
" PACK VALVE FAULT
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDE
" DUCT OVHT
TEMP SEL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
COMPT TEMP SELECTOR affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLD
R CAUTION: Monitor DUCT TEMP and make sure it remains positive.
R J If DUCT OVHT alert persists
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDE

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR (CONT’D)
" EXCESS CAB ALT
CABIN PRESS IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If rapid decompression
EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If cabin altitude above 10000 ft.
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE
J If EXCESS CAB ALT persists
CREW OXYGEN MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
OXYGEN PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD / MEA

" AUTO PRESS FAULT


MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD TO SET CABIN ALT

" EXCESS CABIN ∆ P


MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
J If Excess cab ∆ P persists
DESCENT TO A COMPATIBLE FL / MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 10 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 07 -- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


" ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI--ICING PROP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes excessive
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE TO 100% OVRD for at least 5 mn
" ANTI--ICING HORNS 1(2) FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
R ANTI--ICING HORNS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J In icing conditions, every 5 minutes
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT

R " DE--\ANTI--ICING ENG 1(2) FAULT


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ENGINE PARAMETERS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R DE--/ANTI--ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R " AIFRAME AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light illuminates after 6 seconds
DE--ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AFR AIR BLEED FAULT light . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
R J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light does not illuminate on any side
DE--ICING AIRFRAME FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R " DE--ICING AIRFRAME FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN Vmin OPS +10 kt
VAPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VREF +10 kt
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
DE--ICING AIRFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If in icing conditions
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (²4.5°) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
" DE--\ANTI--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT
R DE--/ANTI--ICING MODE SEL AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
DE--ICING and ANTI--ICING MANUAL MODE pushbuttons:
ACCORDING TO CURRENT SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
" DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT
R DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
MONITOR DE--ICING
J In case of engine flame out
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 11 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 08 -- MFC
" MFC 1A FAULT
MODULE 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1A fault persists
MODULE 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING

" MFC 1B FAULT


MODULE 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1B fault persists
MODULE 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
F Immediately after take off
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN FOR COOLING 1 MINUTE
EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
F During flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
F After runway vacated
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 12 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" MFC 2A FAULT


MODULE 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 2A fault persists
MODULE 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
" MFC 2B FAULT
MODULE 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 2B fault persists
MODULE 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
MONITOR IEP
F Immediately after take off
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN FOR COOLING 1 MINUTE
EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
F During flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
F After runway vacated
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 13 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED
" MFC 1A + 1B FAULT
MODULE 1A + 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R J If MFC 1A + 1B fault persists
MODULE 1A+1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
ANTI--ICING PROP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
VAPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN VREF + 10 kt
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
R
" MFC 1A + 2A FAULT
MODULE 1A + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1A + 2A fault persists
MODULE 1A+2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Note: Airframe FAULT amber alert is lost.
Note: When AIRFRAME DE--ICING is used monitor boots inflation.
Note: AP OFF ALERT lost. Use of AP below 1000ft AGL is prohibited.
F Before landing
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 14 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 2B FAULT


MODULE 1A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1A + 2B fault persists
MODULE 1A+2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
HYD MAIN BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
Note: AP does not disconnect after STBY PITCH TRIM activation.
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After runway vacated
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2A FAULT
MODULE 1B+ 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1B + 2A fault persists
MODULE 1B+2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD.
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After runway vacated
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 15 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

" MFC 2A + 2B FAULT


R MODULE 2A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 2A + 2B fault persists
MODULE 2A+2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MONITOR IEP
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
ANTI--ICING PROP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
V APP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT LESS THAN V REF + 10kt
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IF NECESSARY
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.15
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After runway vacated
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be
selected OFF and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE :15A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

" MFC 1B + 2B FAULT


MODULE 1B + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If MFC 1B + 2B fault persists
MODULE 1B+2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION : FWS degraded, monitor overhead panel.
J If before take off
RETURN TO PARKING
PACK 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
J If in flight
MONITOR IEP
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
F Before landing
NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . APPLY
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
F After runway vacated
PACK 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
ANTI--ICING HORNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROBES HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Note:ATPCS ARM light is not available. Autofeather label is lost.


Note: External power cannot be used.
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected
OFF and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 16 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 09 -- AUTOPILOT
" RUDDER MISTRIM
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
R YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE RUDDER TRIM.
R Note: AP and YD may be re--engaged after adjustment of the rudder trim.

" PITCH MISTRIM


FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE PITCH TRIM.
R Note: AP may be re--engaged after adjustment of the pitch trim.

R " AP PITCH TRIM FAIL


FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST
Note: FLY MANUALLY.

R " If any unusual situations are observed such as :


-- EXCESSIVE LATERAL TRIM REQUIRED
-- AILERON MISTRIM message on EWD and FMA.
-- ABNORMAL FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS of the airplane
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
R AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
R Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL ADJUSTING THE AIL TRIM.
Note: The autopilot may be reengaged after adjustment of the aileron trims.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 16A 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 10 -- PROPELLER CONTROL
" PEC 1(2) SGL CH
R DO NOT RESET PEC IN FLIGHT -- NO CREW ACTION REQUIRED
ANTICIPATE A PEC FAULT AT LANDING
R MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED

" PEC 1(2) FAULT


J If below 400 ft
GO AROUND procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R F Above 400 ft -- or -- at acceleration altitude
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
R J If PEC recovered
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
R J If PEC fault persists
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Avoid sudden PL movements
F Before landing
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
Reverse is not available on affected engine.
R F After landing
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Note: ACW BTC must be checked closed in order to avoid the loss of
ACW bus on ground.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 17 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" ADC FAIL

R J If one ADC fail


AFFECTED ADC SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD can be re--engaged.
PERIODICALLY COMPARE REMAINING IAS/ALT ON PFDs WITH IESI.
CAUTION : use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL
CAUTION : baro setting is available only on non affected side
J If ADC 1 lost
R LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost


R PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
IESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’CLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
R AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
TCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
R GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO ACCORDING TO IAS
TLU FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Note: DE--/ANTI--ICING auto mode selection is lost.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 18 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED
5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" ONE AHRS FAIL
R AFFECTED ATT / HDG SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD may be re--engaged.
WINGS LEVELED
PERIODICALLY COMPARE PFD with IESI.
CROSSCHECK HDG / TK / STBY--COMPASS
CAUTION: use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL.

R " AHRS 1 + 2 LOSS


R PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAPT
IESI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
STBY COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
R AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STABILIZE SPEED AND LEVEL
R FMS PROG PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
VISUAL FLYING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN IF POSSIBLE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R Note: PFD ATT and HDG are lost, ILS deviation and ADF BRG are valid

R " AHRS NOT ALIGN


J If AHRS not align on ground
R
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP UNTIL ALERT DISAPPEARS
R J If AHRS not align in flight
AHRS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFIED
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . STABILIZE SPEED AND LEVEL DURING 90s
R J If alert disappears
R AP may be re--engaged
J If AHRS NOT ALIGN persists after 3 minutes
R ONE AHRS FAIL procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

R " RMS 1 + 2 FAULT


R VHF 1 -- VOR/ ILS 1 TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IESI
Note: Loss of XPDR/TCAS TUNING.
R Note: last tuned freq saved : VHF2, VOR2, DME 1+2, ADF 1+2

" FIRE LOOP 1A (1B)(2A)(2B) FAULT


LOOP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" OXYGEN LO PR
R OXY MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If oxygen LO PR light remains lit
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R Oxygen portable unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALL IN COCKPIT AS RQD
Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 19 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" ATTITUDE DISAGREE
R Both PFD, IESI ATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED AHRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AFFECTED ATT HDG SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD can be re--engaged.
CAUTION : use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL .
PERIODICALLY COMPARE ATT on PFDs with IESI.
PERIODICALLY COMPARE HDG / TK / STBY--COMPASS.

" HEADING DISAGREE


R WINGS LEVELED
HDG / TK / STBY--COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED AHRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AFFECTED ATT HDG SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD can be re--engaged.
CAUTION : use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL.
PERIODICALLY COMPARE ATT on PFDs with IESI.
PERIODICALLY COMPARE HDG / TK / STBY--COMPASS.

" ALTITUDE DISAGREE


R Both PFD, IESI ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AFFECTED ADC SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD can be re--engaged.
CAUTION : use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL .
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS/ALT ON PFDs WITH IESI.

" IAS DISAGREE


R Both PFD, IESI IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
AFFECTED ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
AFFECTED ADC SWITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATE SYS
Note: AP / FD can be re--engaged.
CAUTION : use of AP is prohibited below 1000 ft AGL .
PERIODICALLY COMPARE IAS/ALT ON PFDs WITH IESI.
J If IAS discrepancy between PFD and IESI
Refer to UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION emergency procedure.
R " VHF 1+2 LOSS
XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMIT CODE 7600

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 20 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
R " DU DISCREPANCY
DU FORMAT CORRUPTED PARAMETERS
EACH DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
F After DU RESET
J If DU DISCREPANCY between PFD and IESI
Affected DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If DU DISCREPANCY disappears
RESUME NORMAL OPERATIONS

R " SEVERAL DUs TEMP HI


MFC 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If alert persists after 15 mn
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
AVIONIC VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
MAINTENANCE ACTION IS REQUIRED
J In case of one DU loss
LAND ASAP
Note: several DU may be lost.

R " FWS 1 + 2 LOSS


J If FPLN not available on ND
AVNX SWITCH 1+2 LOSS procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If FPLN available on ND
J If TRIM indication not available on EWD
R AVNX CPM 1+2 LOSS procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R J If TRIM indication available on EWD
R CABIN PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R ENGINE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
Note: in case of CAUTION or WARNING, monitor local alerts.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 21 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" AVNX SWITCH 1+2 LOSS
LAND ASAP
R ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
ICE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
RMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVAILABLE ON MCDU & IESI ONLY
VOR/ILS 1 TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IESI

" AVNX CPM 1 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
R ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

" AVNX CPM 2 LOSS


R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 22 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" AVNX CPM 1+2 LOSS


R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ICE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR OVERHEAD PANEL
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 O’Clock
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
DESCENT TOWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL 100 / MEA
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 O’Clock
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
VOR / ILS 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE IESI

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 23 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

R " AVNX IOM 12 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

" AVNX IOM 13 LOSS


ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

" AVNX IOM 22 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

" AVNX IOM 23 LOSS


ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 24 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" AVNX IOM 12+ IOM 13 LOSS


R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

" AVNX IOM 12 + IOM 22 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
Note: LO PITCH ENG 1 indication is lost.
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F At touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 1

" AVNX IOM 12 + IOM 23 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 25 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" AVNX IOM 13+ IOM 22 LOSS


R LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
ICE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR OVERHEAD PANEL
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE

" AVNX IOM 13 + IOM 23 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
Note: LO PITCH ENG 2 indication is lost.
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
F At touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 2

" AVNX IOM 22 + IOM 23 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 26 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" AVNX CPM 1+ IOM 22 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
R LAND ASAP
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
ICE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR OVERHEAD PANEL
DE--ICING AIRFRAME FAULT LOST . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR WINGS
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
Note: LO PITCH ENG 1 indication is lost.
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F At touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 1

" AVNX CPM 1 + IOM 23 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
Note: MMO and VMO aural WARNINGS lost
Note: LO PITCH ENG 2 indication is lost.
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
F At touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 2

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 27 600
AFM SYSTEMS EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

" AVNX CPM 2+ IOM 12 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
Note: LO PITCH ENG 1 indication is lost.
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AUTO PRESS FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FAt touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 1

" AVNX CPM 2 + IOM 13 LOSS


LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
SPD TGT MAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
ICE DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR IEP
LAND ASAP
ANTI/DE--ICING MODE SEL AUTO FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If icing conditions
ANTI--ICING PROP 1(2) FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI or LO SPD ACCORDING TO IAS
Note: MMO and VMO aural WARNING lost
Note: LO PITCH ENG 2 indication is lost.
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
LANDING ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET PRESSURE ALTITUDE
FAt touch down
CAUTION: DO NOT USE REVERSE ON ENGINE 2

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


6 –00
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001
FEB 97
AFM CONTENTS DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

6 . 00 – CONTENTS

6 . 01 – GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
R STALL SPEEDS – VSR
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CROSS WIND
DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS
CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

6 . 02 – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

6 . 03 – TAKE OFF
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A GIVEN
RUNWAY
PERFORMANCE CHARTS
ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE – TURN RADIUS : RELATIONSHIPS

6 . 04 – SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE


DEFINITION
EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

6 . 05 – LANDING
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

6 . 06 – ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

Model : 212 A
6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

In compliance with Airworthiness regulations, an aircraft is cleared to take off


from any airport if the weight allows it to achieve the take off, “en route” and
landing performance included in this chapter.

The curves or tables approved by Airworthiness Authority must not be


extrapolated.

Performance is related to VSR (see page 2)

Wind speed is measured at the height of 10 meters.

All weight, altitude, temperature and speed limits presented on section 2


– LIMITATIONS – must be observed for the utilization of the performance
charts.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 97
AFM GENERAL DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

R 6 . 01 . 02 – STALL SPEEDS – VSR

Model : 212 A
6 -- 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM GENERAL EASA
APPROVED SEP 10

6 . 01 .03 -- AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION


The take off and landing performances has been established on a smooth, dry,
hard surfaced runway.
The performances have been established in the following configuration.
Single engine operation is considered.

FLAPS AIR ENG REMARKS


COND POWER
TAKE OFF 15o ON / OFF TO / RTO ATPCS ON
Accelerate stop distance es-
tablished using only wheel
normal braking system, anti-
skid ON, PL at GI

FINAL TAKE OFF 0o OFF MCT

EN ROUTE 0o OFF / ON MCT

APPROACH 15o OFF For go around


RTO
LANDING 30o OFF Landing distance established
with antiskid ON, PL at GI

6 . 01 . 04 -- CROSS WIND
R The maximum crosswind demonstrated is :
-- Take--off : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kt
-- Landing configuration: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kt
Braking Action TO LDG Maximum Crosswind
R (TO and LDG)
GOOD 1 1 35 kt
GOOD/MEDIUM 2 2 28 kt
MEDIUM 3/6 6 22 kt
MEDIUM/POOR 4 5 16 kt
POOR 7 7 10 kt

Runway status: 1: dry runway, 2:wet up to 3mm depth, 3 (TO only): slush or
water from 3 to 6mm depth, 4 (TO only):slush or water from 6 to 12.7mm depth,
5: slush or water from 3 to 12.7mm depth, 6: compact snow, 7: ice

Model : 212 A
6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 05 – DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 06 – CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

CRUISE

No correction to be applied on altitude.

Correction to be applied on speed : ∆ V = IAS – CAS = 2 kt

TAKE OFF – APPROACH – LANDING

The following graphs give the correction to be applied when flaps are extended.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

SPEED CORRECTION (FLAPS 15)


PILOT & COPILOT ADC OUTPUT
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT
∆ V = IAS – CAS

SPEED CORRECTION (FLAPS 15)


STAND BY STATIC SOURCE
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT
∆ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


SPEED CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT ADC
OUTPUT ERROR
∆ V = IAS – CAS

TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


SPEED CORRECTION
STAND BY SOURCE ERROR
∆ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


SPEED CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT ADC OUTPUT ERROR
∆ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : ALL Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


SPEED CORRECTION
STAND BY STATIC SOURCE ERROR
∆ V = IAS – CAS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT OUTPUT ERROR
∆ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE-OFF – GO AROUND (FLAPS 15)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
STAND BY STATIC SOURCE ERROR
∆ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
PILOT & COPILOT OUTPUT ERROR
∆ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

FINAL APPROACH – LANDING (FLAPS 30)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION
STAND BY SOURCE ERROR
∆ Zp = Zpi – Zp

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note: Applicable for 0  Vc  60 kt

Model : 212 A
6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1A 100
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note: Applicable for 0  Vc  60 kt

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note : Applicable for Vc  125 kt.


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 90.9 % torque.

Model : 212 A
6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2A 100
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note : Applicable for Vc  125 kt.


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 90.9 % torque.

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note : Applicable for Vc  125 kt


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.

Model : 212 A
6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3A 100
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

Note : Applicable for Vc  125 kt


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 01 – DEFINITION
SPEEDS
– VMCG :Minimum control speed on ground from which a sudden failure of the
critical engine can be controlled by use of primary flight controls only.
The other engine being set at RTO power.
– V1 : Speed at which the pilot must make the decision following failure of
critical engine :
. either to continue take–off
. or to stop the aircraft
– VR : Speed at which rotation is initiated to reach V2 at 35 ft height.
– V2 : Take off safety speed reached before 35 ft height with one engine failed
R and providing second segment climb gradient not less than the minimum
(2.4 %).
– VLOF Lift off speed.
– VMCA :Minimum control speed in flight at which aircraft can be controlled with 50
bank, in case of failure of the critical engine the other being set at RTO
power (take off flaps setting and gear retracted).
– VFTO : Speed at the end of the take off path in the en route configuration which is
not less than 1.18 VSR and provides the manoeuvring capability
specified by regulations.
DISTANCES
AVAILABLE RUNWAY LENGTH
Length of the paved runway surface, able to accept aircraft weight in all
normal operating conditions.
STOPWAY
Extension of runway, occasionally used for taxiing but adequate for
deceleration of the aircraft in case of aborted take–off.
CLEARWAY
Clear area at the end of the runway which can be taken into account for
take–off distance calculation.
AVAILABLE ACCELERATION STOP LENGTH
Sum of the available runway length and the stopway (if any).
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (TOD)
Distance between brakes release and 35 ft height. It has to be equal or
less than the sum of available runway length and allowable clearway (if
any).
TAKE OFF RUN (TOR)
Distance between brakes release point and half of the segment
between VLOF and 35 ft height.
It has to be equal to or less than the available runway length.
R NOTE :– Refer to AFM section 7.03 for non dry runways speeds and distances
definitions
– Wind scales are not uniform on correction curves associated to take off
distances.

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA FEB 12
Approved

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

PW127M -- BOOST ON

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN FLIGHT -- VMCA (FLAPS 15)


R

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN FLIGHT -- VMCA (FLAPS 15)

PW127M -- BOOST ON

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03 FEB 98
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

6 . 03 .02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

Maximum take off weight is subordinated to the following conditions


– at take-off :
. maximum design weight
. first, second and final TO segments limitations
. runway limitation
. tire speed limitation
. brake energy limitation
. obstacle clearance

– single engine cruise


. obstacle clearance

– at landing
. approach climb limitation
. runway limitation

The following conditions are never limiting :


. first segment climb gradient
. tire speed
. VMU

The following table defines the meaning of the distances and length taken into
account for take off.
Performance is related to Tq ISA – 300C
If T < ISA – 300C, calculate as follows : T = ISA – 300C .

R
RUNWAY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS
without clearway without clearway with clearway with clearway
without stopway with stopway without stopway with stopway
length TOR runway length runway length
to be TOD runway length runway length runway length runway length
used + clearway + clearway
to enter ASD runway length runway length runway length runway length
the manual + stopway + stopway

Model : 212 A
6 –03
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 6 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 03 – DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A


GIVEN RUNWAY
R

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CHARTS
SECOND SEGMENT
MAXIMUM WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
TAKE OFF GRADIENT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI /DE ICING OFF-- GEAR UP

Model :212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CHARTS
PW127M -- BOOST ON
SECOND SEGMENT -- MAXIMUM WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
TAKE OFF GRADIENT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI /DE ICING OFF-- GEAR UP

Eng : PW127M Model :212 A


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE OFF (FLAPS 0)


EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER -- ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
FINAL TAKE OFF (FLAPS 0) -- EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER -- ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R. T. O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY
SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : R. T. O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY
SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE FEB 97
PAGE : 10 001 FEB 98
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

V2/VSR ALL ENGINES TAKE OFF RUN


R

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
REQUIRED TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) -- ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 11 001 FEB 97
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

TAI L NOSE

Model : 212 A
6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL


ENGINE FAILURE – AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE :12A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL


ENGINE FAILURE -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI /DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03 FEB 97
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING

TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER


AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

V2/VSR ALL ENGINES TAKE OFF DISTANCE X 1.15

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
REQUIRED TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) -- ALL ENGINES OPERATING

TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER


AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI /DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 14 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED FEB 98 DEC 96

FEB 97
TAKE – OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

TAI L

Model : 212 A
6 –03 DEC 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 15 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

R TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED


AIR CONDITIONING OFF – ANTI /DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE :15A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
APPROVED
JUL 08

PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED


AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI /DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 16 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED FEB 98
FEB 97

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

TAIL NOSE

Model : 212 A
6 –03 DEC 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 17 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE :17A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON

DECISION SPEED LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127M Model : 212A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 18 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER


EFFECT OF AIR BLEED ON VR IS NEGLIGIBLE

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 18A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON
ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER


EFFECT OF AIR BLEED ON VR IS NEGLIGIBLE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 19 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF SPEED – V2 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE : R.T.O. POWER

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 20 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE ON T/O (EXAMPLE) see chart page 22

Initial gradient : 3 % (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition)

Obstacle : 4000 ft at 21 km of the end of the runway. 10 kt nose wind.

NOTE : The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must
be determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the
point 35 ft below the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown
include the 35 ft operational clearance. Where the TOD is greater
(less) than the runway length the obstacle distance from end of the
runway must be decreased (increased) by the difference between
TOD and runway length.
1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.

2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to


the gross height lines.

3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.

4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.

5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.

6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines


maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.

7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum


weight must be calculated.

8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared, if
not restart the calculation.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 21 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED

R
6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 23 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 24 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 25 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VSR = 1.27 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 26 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VSR = 1.27 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 27 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 28 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)

V2 / VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 29 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 05 – ALTITUDE – SPEED – BANK ANGLE – TURN RADIUS :


RELATIONSHIPS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 30 001
AFM TAKE–OFF DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

BANK ANGLE EFFECT ON SINGLE ENGINE CLIMB GRADIENT


(FLAPS 15)

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 04 . 01 – DEFINITIONS

The “En route” gradient given in this chapter are established by decreasing the
available gradient at each point with a margin of 1.1 %.

The single engine cruise configuration is flaps 0.


The speed to be maintained is 1.18 VSR.

The operative engine is set at MCT power.

Air conditioning is ON when aircraft is above 10000 ft.


Air conditioning is OFF when aircraft is below 10000 ft.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 -- 04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

6 . 04 . 02 -- EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

V / VSR = 1.18 (FLAPS 0)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF BELOW 10000 ft -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF

Model : 212 A
6 –05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM LANDING DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 05 . 01 – DEFINITION

VMCL : Minimum flight speed at which aircraft can be controlled with 50


bank in case of failure of the critical engine, the other being set at
GA power (landing flaps setting, gear extended) and which
provides rolling capability specified by regulations.

FLAPS VMCL (CAS)

30 98 kt
15 98 kt

6 . 05 . 02 – PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

– Landing climb performance (two engines at GA power, landing flaps setting) is


never limiting.
– The landing distance represents the distance from the 50 ft to complete stop
on a level, smooth, dry, hard surfaced runway.
Antiskid is operative.
Engines are at GI.

– To determine the required runway length for landing, apply national


operational regulations, when relevant.

Mod : – Eng : Model : 212 A


6 –05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM LANDING DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

Approach speeds
The approach speed is at least 1.23 VSR in the configurations :
– flaps 15
– flaps 30
or VMCL, whichever is higher.
The regulations allows to take approach speed up to 1.4 VSR.
The minimum final approach speed is the speed at 50ft height taken into account
for landing distance computation.
It is equal to 1.23 VSR in the landing configuration or VMCL, whichever is higher.

Mod : – Eng : Model : 212 A


6 -- 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM LANDING EASA SEP 10
APPROVED

R APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT -- BOOST OFF

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP

Model : 212 A
6 - 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM LANDING EASA FEB 12
APPROVED

Mod : -- Eng : Model : 212 A


6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 01 – INTRODUCTION

The following sub sections provide data for flight in atmospheric icing
conditions.

Refer to chapter 3 . 04 for definition of the minimum maneuver/operating icing


speeds.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 97
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 02 – FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING SPEED

IAS (KT) FLAPS/KVSR/GEAR/PHASE


00/1.40/UP/CRUISE

15/1.35//UP/APPROACH

15/1.30/UP/EN ROUTE

R 15/1.24/UP/GO AROUND
15/1.22/UP/TAKE OFF
30/1.32/DOWN/FINAL APPROCAH

WEIGHT (1000 KG)

WEIGHT (1000 LB)

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 4 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT
V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

(1000 KG)
53 53
(1000 KG)

(1000 LB)
(1000 LB)

51 24 24 51

49 23 23 49

47 22 22 47

45 21 21 45
R

43 20 20 43

41 19 19 41
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

39 18 18 39
NORMAL CONDITIONS

37 17 17 37

35 16 16 35

33 15 15 33
Note : Performance decrement applies to the maximum second segment
weight computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15)

Model : 212 A
6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE-OFF

EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE


V / VSR = 1.27 (FLAPS 15)
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER -- ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- DE ICING ON -- GEAR UP

Model : 212 A
6 –06 DEC 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 99

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN
V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)
(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000


ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

6000 1500 1500 6000


NORMAL CONDITIONS

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 7 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 99

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000


ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

6000 1500 1500 6000


NORMAL CONDITIONS

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


– Take off distance length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15).
– OR –
– required take off distance length computed in normal conditions
with V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Model : 212 A
6 –06 DEC 96
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 99

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000


R

8000 2000 2000 8000


ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

6000 1500 1500 6000


NORMAL CONDITIONS

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the acceleration stop distance length


computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.22 VSR (flaps 15).

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8A 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 04
APPROVED

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
CLOSE OBSTACLE

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 180 ft at 1700 m of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to
the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines
maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum
weight must be calculated.
8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared.
If not, restart the calculation.

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 9 001
FEB 00
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 04

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED
FEB 04

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
REMOTE OBSTACLE

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 1800 ft at 17 km of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially
assumed equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel
to the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines
maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the take–off distance corresponding to this new maximum

weight must be calculated.


8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be
cleared. If not, restart the calculation.

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 10 001 FEB 00
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 04
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

V/VSR = 1.30 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
AIR CONDITIONING : OFF BELOW 10 000 ft -- DE ICING ON.

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 12 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC
APPROVED FEB 99

EFFECT ON

(1000 LB)
(1000 LB)

Approach climb gradient weight


V / VSR = 1.24 (FLAPS 15)

(1000 KG)
53 (1000 KG) 53

51 24 24 51

49 23 23 49

47 22 22 47

45 21 21 45

R
NORMAL COND AND A/C FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

ICING COND OR RESIDUAL ICE ON A/C (ICING AOA LIT)

43 20 20 43

41 19 19 41

39 18 18 39

37 17 17 37

35 16 16 35

33 15 15 33

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the maximum approach climb gradient


limiting weight computed in normal conditions with
V = 1.24 VSR (flaps 15).

Model : 212 A
6 –06
PERFORMANCE DEC 96
PAGE : 13 001 FEB 97
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC FEB 99 FEB 98
APPROVED

EFFECT ON LANDING DISTANCE


V / VSR = 1.32 (FLAPS 30)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
1400 1400

1300 1300

1200 1200

1100 1100
NORMAL COND AND A/C FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

R ICING COND OR RESIDUAL ICE ON A/C (ICING AOA LIT)


5000 1000 1000 5000

4500 900 900 4500

4000 800 800 4000

3500 700 700 3500

3000 600 600 3000

2500 500 500 2500

2000 400 400 2000

1500 1500

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the landing distance computed in


normal conditions.

Model : 212 A
7 -- 00.00
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED
7 . 00 . 00 -- CONTENTS
7 . 01 . 00 -- APPENDICES
01 External noise
02 Configuration deviation list
03 CAT II operation
04 TCAS
05 Steep Slope Approach
06 Cargo / Cargo+Pax configuration
07 (Reserved)
08 ETOPS
09 Operations on narrow runways
10 Runway slope beyond 2%
11 (Reserved)
12 Take--off after use of fluids type II or IV
13 Cockpit Door Locking System
14 Corporate Lounge
15 Aircraft Performance Monitoring APM
16 SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance
17 ACARS
18 High Latitudes Operations
19 Dry Unpaved Runways
20 (Reserved)
21 Take Off at 100% Torque
22 20 kt Tailwind Take Off
7 . 02 . 00 -- SUPPLEMENTS
00 Introduction
01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative
02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
7 . 03 . 00 -- ADVISORY MATERIALS
01 Non Dry runways
- General
- Take off
- Landing
7 . 04 . 00 -- LBA SUPPLEMENT
7 . 09 . 00 -- OPERATIONS IN CIS COUNTRIES
7 . 11 . 00 -- ANAC SUPPLEMENT

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 180
AFM APPENDIX No 01 EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

EXTERNAL NOISE

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
No determination has been made by the EASA that the noise levels of this
aircraft are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into or out
of any airport.

NOISE LEVELS
Noise levels shown here after comply with ICAO annex 16 Chapter 4 noise
requirements and were obtained by analysis of approved data from approved
noise tests.
See section 2 . 02 . 01 for identification of the maximum take off and landing
weights applicable to a particular airplane.

NOISE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES


Compliance with ICAO annex 16 included the following procedures :

- An all-engine take off at FLAPS 15 configuration was used with a constant


climb speed greater than V2 + 10 kt but less than V2 + 20 kt, with a cutback
procedure initiated prior to over--flight of the take--off noise measuring station,
with air conditioning OFF, average center of gravity, and gear retracted.
- Landing approach at FLAPS 30 configuration on a three degree glide slope, at
a speed of 1.23 VS1G + 10 kt was used with air conditioning ON, forward
center of gravity and gear extended.

CONFIGURATION
Engines : Pratt & Whitney of Canada Ltd ; PW127F or PW127M
Propeller : Hamilton Standard ; HS 568F--1

CERTIFICATED NOISE LEVELS


FLYOVER AT TAKE-OFF 80.5 EPNdB
SIDE LINE AT TAKE OFF 82.5 EPNdB
APPROACH 92.2 EPNdB

Mod : 6219 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
SEP 10
Approved

CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

GENERAL
The configuration deviation list belongs to chapter 2 limitations of this airplane
flight manual. Flight with certain secondary airframe missing parts is possible
as indicated in this list. Any part not included in this list must be considered as
necessary.

R When no time rectification interval is given for operating with missing parts,
repairs or replacements must be done at the first station where they can
reasonably be made, as additional deviations may require the aircraft to be
taken out of revenue service.

The sign ( -- ) in NUMBER INSTALLED or NUMBER REQUIRED FOR


DISPATCH columns indicates that the quantity is variable.

Letter ( m ) against an item indicates that some maintenance action is


necessary to permit flight with these parts missing. Refer to the related section
of the Maintenance Manual for this information.

LIMITATIONS
R Dispatch is not allowed with more than two (2) missing CDL items.
No more than one (1) item per ATA chapter in this appendix may be missing
unless specifically designated combinations are indicated herein.
(Except static dischargers that are not to be accounted for in both limitations).

When missing part introduces additional limitation (s) this limitation is indicated
in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS“ column. This limitation comes in addition to
limitations of chapter 2 of Flight Manual. It must be clearly indicated by a
placard on the captain’s instrument panel.

PERFORMANCE
Performance penalties are indicated in “REMARKS or CONDITIONS” column.
Performance penalties are cumulative unless specific penalties for particular
combinations of missing parts are indicated.

These take-off, en route and landing penalties apply to the most limiting
corresponding weight.

Mod : -- Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

23 – COMMUNICATIONS

1 – Static dischargers 25 17 Provided :


a) each aileron is equipped with at least
4 operative static dischargers, and

b) rudder is equipped with at least 4


operative static dischargers and

c) each elevator is equipped with at


least 2 operative static dischargers

d) tail cone is equipped with at least one


operative static discharger.

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA SEP 10
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

27 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS

R 1 -- Flap hinge fairing 8 6 Provided


a) aircraft is not operated into known or
forecast icing conditions, and
b) only one fairing may be missing per half
wing (left and right), and
c) in case of FWD part of the fairing missing,
it is necessary to remove AFT parts of the
fairing at the same location.

R 2 -- Flap lower surface 8 7


trailing edge

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 – NUMBER INSTALLED

3 – NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 – REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

32 – LANDING GEAR

1 – Main gear door 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions
Maximum speed : 200 kt

1 bis – Main gear 4 2 Provided missing parts are on the


foldable doors same side

2 – Nose gear forward door 2 0 Flight with gear down


(refer to 7 . 02 )

3 – Nose gear aft door 2 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt

4 – Cover wheels 2 0

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA SEP 10
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

52 -- DOORS

1 -- Access door to GPU 2 0


connector (DC or ACW)

R 2 -- Access door to refueling 1 0 Pull C/B FUEL / FUELING CTL & IND to
panel prevent the battery from discharging. Push
C/B back for refueling only.

3 -- Access door to hydraulic 1 0


bay

4 -- Access door to water 1 0


service panel

5 -- Access door to toilet 1 0


service panel

R 6 -- Access door to tail cone 1 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt, and


bay provided aircraft is not operated into forecast
or known icing/rain conditions.

R 7 -- Access door to refueling 1 0


point

R 8 -- Jacking point covers -- 0

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA SEP 10
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

61 -- PROPELLER

1 -- Propeller spinner 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions

79 -- OIL
R 1 -- Engine oil cooler flap 4 3 Provided flap is removed

Mod : -- Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
LIMITATIONS
This appendix is intended to provide necessary information to allow the use of
the aircraft in category II.

Limitations, procedures and performance included in the appendix replace or


complete the corresponding information of the basic Flight Manual.

The automatic flight control system (AFCS) with the associated equipment has
been found to meet the airworthiness and performance criteria of :
- EASA CRI F--17 for Autopilot and AP engagement at take off
(CRI F--17 incorporates EASA CS / AMC 25.1329 amendment 4
requisites)
- CS AWO subpart 2 for category II

NOTA : Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct category II operations.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

- Minimum height for use of autopilot in approach mode : 80 ft


- Minimum decision height : 100 ft
- Certified configuration : flaps 30
- Maximum demonstrated wind :
Headwind : 29 kt
Tailwind : 10 kt
Crosswind : 17 kt

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 2 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

NORMAL PROCEDURES

NOTA : Failures have been demonstrated using the procedures described in


this chapter.

A -- Approved configurations
• Approach : AP is necessary with use of approach mode for CAT II
precision ILS approaches. The CAT II capability must be displayed on
FMA.
• GO around : FD is approved with use of GA mode

B -- Performance envelope in approach


• LOC capture : distance ≥ 6 NM -- Capture angle ≤ 90o
• GLIDE capture : height ≥ 1500 ft
Vc ≤ 180 kt at 1500 ft
• Approach speed :
When the aircraft is stabilized on GLIDE slope the selected approach
speed VAPP is 1.23 VSR (flaps 30) + wind correction and not less than
VMCL.

The wind correction is equal to the highest of 1/3 of the reported


headwind or the gust in full, with a maximum correction of 15 kt.

Mod :5948 Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


C -- Minimum equipment required to meet CAT II approach criteria.
Approach with AP
Autopilot 1
COURSE rotary switch 2
AP quick disconnect 1 (PF side)
AP OFF warning (aural) 1
ILS receiver 2
AHRS 2
IESI 1
PFD 2
Radio altimeter 1 (with 2 displays)
DH indicator 2
GA pushbutton 1 (PF side)
Windshield wipers 1 (PF side)
Yaw damper 1
ADC 2
Hydraulic system Blue + Green
DC: BUS1 / BUS2 / EMER / STBY / ESS ;
Electrical system
AC: BUS1 / BUS2 / STBY ; ACW: BUS1 / BUS2
MFC modules 3

.. / ..

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 4 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

D -- Approach and landing preparation

Approach preparation
- Select decision height (DH).
- Select ILS frequency and RWY CRS.
- Engage the APP mode :
GS and LOC illuminate cyan on both FMA.
CAT II illuminates green on both FMA (if this capability available).
- The approach must be planned to capture the localizer prior to glide
slope interception.

NOTA : GLIDE capture is inhibited as long as localizer capture is not


initiated (LOC*).

- The approach speed (VAPP) is 1.23 VSR (flaps 30) + wind correction
and not less than VMCL.
- The approach configuration is flaps 30.

-- Mode phases
LOC* At localizer capture the cyan LOC extinguishes and the
green LOC* is displayed on both FMA.
LOC phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the LOC
beam axis.
Green LOC is dispalyed on both FMA (Boxed for 7s).

GS* At glide slope capture the cyan GS extinguishes and the


green GS* is displayed on both FMA.
GS phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the GLIDE
SLOPE.
Green GS is dispalyed on both FMA (Boxed for 7s).

1200 > ZRA > 800 ft Before 800 ft (radio altimeter), DUAL must be
displayed on both FMA if correct capture
conditions are met.

DH + 100 ft A boxed amber DH is displayed on top of the radio


altimeter value. The radio altimeter value is
displayed amber. Aural alert is generated by the
T2CAS (Minimum, Minimum).

Mod : 5948 Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 150
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


E -- Normal approach and landing sequence:
- PF (Pilot Flying):
-- Monitors the A/C position, the flight path parameters and the AP.
-- Controls the speed.
-- Requests checklist, flaps setting and gear extension.
-- Selects the modes and announces changes.
- PNF (Pilot Non Flying):
-- In charge of the radio communications.
-- Monitors the flight path, speed, mode changes, systems and engines.
-- Read the checklist.
-- Selects flaps setting and gear extension.
Outer rmarker or equivalent position but not lower than 1000 ft AGL
-- PNF announces “Outer, altitude checked, stabilized”
-- Both pilots check the altitude on the radio altimeter and altimeter
-- PF assesses if the aircraft is stabilized and announces “we continue”
The aircraft should be stabilized:
-- On the final approach segment flight path
-- Landing flaps selected, V APP reached
-- Final checklist completed
800 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces “800 ft, dual coupling, no star”
-- PF checks dual coupling and LOC and G/S modes and announces ”check”
-- PNF starts monitoring LOC and G/S deviation.
500 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces “500”
DH + 100 ft
-- PF looks outside for external visual references
-- PNF monitors the flight path
DH
-- PNF announces “Decision”
• If external visual references sufficient
-- PF announces “Landing”
-- PNF announces “80” (feet)
-- PNF announces “50” (feet) and PF selects AP OFF (no lower than 50
feet)
-- PNF announces “20” (feet)
-- PF performs the landing.
• If external visual references insufficient
-- PF announces “Go around, set power, flaps one notch” and
performs a GO around:
.. / ..

R Mod : (0069 + 1112) or 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)

E -- Normal approach and landing sequence (Cont’d):


NOTA :Any failure that’s not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that
occurs below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

NOTA :A call out (indicating that a flight parameter is exceeded) must be done if:
-- Speed becomes lower than V APP --5 kt or greater than V APP +10 kt (V APP is
the selected approach speed)
-- Pitch attitude becomes lower than 4_ nose down or greater than 4_ nose up or
bank angle becomes greater than 10_.
-- Excessive LOC or G/S deviation occurs.

F -- GO around sequence
-- PF announces “Go--around, set power, flaps one notch”, presses the Go
around pushbutton, advances PL to the ramp and follows the FD bars.
-- PNF retracts flaps one notch, adjusts the power and monitors engine
parameters.
As soon as rate of climb is positive:
-- PNF announces “positive climb”.
-- PF asks for gear retraction.
-- PNF retracts the gear.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
NO CHANGE

R Mod : 1112 or 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 7 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE


DEMONSTRATED MINIMUM USE HEIGHT
WITH AP SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

Minimum Use Height calculated with the Deviation Profil


Method (AMC No2. CS 25.1329 Amendment 4 Section 4.2.3.2) : 30 ft.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 8 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING APPROACH
Any failure that is not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that occurs
below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

Nota 1 : ENGINE FAILURE

Provided lateral trimming is properly achieved before 800 ft, single


engine approach may be performed with autopilot engaged, but must
be restricted to CAT I.

Nota 2 : AFCS failure and trajectory deviation

In case of CAT2 INVALID, EXCESS DEVIATION or AFCS failures, a


Go Around must be performed. If no discrepancy is detected on PFD
(CHECK ATT messages ) PFD can be used with IESI monitoring to
set the initial missed approach attitude.

.. / ..

Mod : 5948 Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 9 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

A/C SYSTEMS

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Flap failure, Revert to Not


jammed between 0 Cat I minima applicable
and 15 position

Flap failure, Continue Multiply landing


jammed above 15 Increase VAPP distance flaps 30 by
position (flaps 30) 1.13
by 10 kt

Engine failure Revert to Cat I Discontinue


minima the approach

Hydraulic failure Transfer


(without fluid loss) No capability loss

First MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
continue the
approach

Second MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
Revert to
CAT 1 minima

R Mod : 1112 or 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 10 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONT’D)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Actions at the time of failure detec-


Complementary
Warnings tion
> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Revert to Cat I
IESI
minima

Radio altimeter
Revert to Cat I Discontinue
warning
on PNF EFIS minima the approach

AP single source
limited to 1000ft
Mismatch flag “CHECK
or
ATT” on PFD First action before
Revert to Cat I switching AHRS is
minima without AP to refer to standby
horizon to determine
AP single source the wrong AHRS
limited to 1000ft
Mismatch flag “CHECK
or
HDG” on PFD
Revert to Cat I
minima without AP

LOC / GS / ILS Revert to


warning on any DU Cat I minima

Switch affected
Loss of one DU
DU OFF

Loss of both Revert to Cat I


DU on one side minima
CHECK IAS flag or, AP single source
CHECK ALT flag or, limited to 1000ft
IAS FAIL flag or,
ALT FAIL flag or
Revert to Cat I
minima without AP

../..

Mod :5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 11 600
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS


DURING A CAT II APPROACH

AFCS and ADU

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Z RA : 800 ft 500 ft action

AP disengage Try to recover


If impossible
revert discontinue
to Cat I the approach
FD approach

LOC or G/S Not applicable discontinue


excess deviation the approach

Loss of Cat II Try to recover


capability If impossible discontinue
(Triple click) revert to the approach
Cat I minima

Mod : 5948 Eng : -- Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 12 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA APR 11
APPROVED

NORMAL CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II -- BOOST OFF
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP -- V = 1.13 VSR

R Mod : 1112 or 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES DEC 96
PAGE : 13 100 FEB 97
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA FEB 98
APR 11
APPROVED

ICING CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
(1000 LB)

(1000 LB)
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)

(1000 KG)
(1000 KG)
53 53

51 24 24 51

49 23 23 49

47 22 22 47

45 21 21 45
NORMAL COND AND A/C FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

ICING COND OR RESIDUAL ICE ON A/C (ICING AOA LIT)

43 20 20 43

41 19 19 41

39 18 18 39

37 17 17 37

35 16 16 35

33 15 15 33

R Mod : 1112 or 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R TCAS (when installed)


1 -- GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable with the addition of the
following :
1. TCAS operation is approved for use in VFR meteorological conditions
(VMC) and IFR meteorological conditions (IMC).
2. The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the
traffic display only or from a traffic advisory (TCAS) only.
These displays and advisory are intended only for assistance in visually
locating the traffic and lack the resolution necessary for use in evasive
maneuvering.

3. Compliance with TCAS resolution advisory is required unless the pilot


considers it unsafe to do so.
However maneuvers which are in the opposite direction of the resolution
advisory (TCAS) are extremely hazardous and are prohibited unless it is
visually determinated they are the only means to assure safe separation.

CAUTION : Once a non crossing RA has been issued the vertical speed
should be accurately adjusted to comply with the RA, in order
to avoid negating the effectivenes of a co--ordinated
maneuvre by the intruder.

WARNING : Non compliance with a crossing RA by one airplane may result


in reduced vertical seperation. Therefore, safe horizontal
separation must also be assured by visual means.
4. Evasive maneuvring should be made with the autopilot disengaged, and
limited to the minimum required to comply with the RA. The pilot must
promptly return to the previous ATC clearance when the TCAS “CLEAR OF
CONFLICT” voice message is announced.
R Deviation from the ATC assigned altitude is authorized only to the extent
R necessary to comply with an TCAS Resolution Advisory (RA).

5. Prior to perform RA’s climb or increase climb, the crew should select the
appropriate engine power setting on the power MGT rotary selector and, if
necessary, manually adjust CL’s.

6. When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go--around phase, a normal procedure of go--around
should be followed including the appropriate power increase and
configuration changes.

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R TCAS (when installed) (cont’d)

7. Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS for determination of aircraft


performance inhibits, there are instances where inhibiting RA’s would be
appropriate, however it is not possible to do so. In these cases, TCAS may
command maneuvers which may significantly reduce stall margins or result
in stall warning. Conditions where this may occur include operations with a
bank angle (wings level is assumed), weight altitude and temperature
combinations outside those noted below, leaving aircraft in landing
configuration during climb RA on approach, engine out operations, and
abnormal configurations such as landing gear not retracted or stick
pusher/shaker failure.

The table below entitled “Flight envelope in which climb resolution advisory
can be accomplished without stick pusher/shaker activation” outlines the
parameters used in the development of the performance inhibits. This table
does not consider worst turboprop flight conditions especially operations
using minimum operating airspeeds as are sometimes required (e.g.
obstacle clearance, ATC constraints). In all cases, stall warning must be
given precedence over climb RA commands.

NOTE : TCAS is viewed as a supplement to the pilot who, with the aid of the
ATC system, has the primary responsibility for avoiding mid--air
collisions.
WARNING : Priority must be granted to increasing airspeed when reaching
stall warning even when this requires deviation from an RA
command issued by the TCAS.

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R TCAS (when installed) (cont’d)

FLIGHT ENVELOPE IN WHICH CLIMB RESOLUTION ADVISORY CAN


BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT STICK PUSHER / SHAKER ACTIVATION

FLIGHT WEIGHT AIRSPEED


REGIME ALTITUDE POWER FLAPS GEAR
TEMP INITIAL MIN.

Take off FAR25/JAR25 Take off 15 Up V2 + 20 1.13 Vsr


Climb limit

Approach FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go


Climb limit around power 15 Up 1.51 Vsr 1.13 Vsr
during maneuver
from power for level
flight

Landing FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go Transi- Dn


Transitioning Climb limit around power tion to Vapp + 10 1.13 Vsr
to go around during maneuver from Up
at RA from power required 30 to 15
for 30 Glide Slope

Critical Higher of
Wt / Alt giving Power for level Long 1.13 Vsr
En route 1.3 G to Buffet flight Up Up Range if Defined
onset increased to Max Cruise or buffet
Continuous onset

• Temperature range up to ISA + 270

• Altitude range -- En route 0 25 000 ft


-- Take off 0 6 000 ft
-- Approach and landing 0 7 000 ft

* Wings level assumed

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

R TCAS (when installed) (cont’d)

8. Inhibition schemes
8.1 NON ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 30 AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

8.2 ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 Z < 20000 ft AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
Z > 20000 ft INHIBITED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 30 INHIBITED INHIBITED

NOTE 1 : Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC


clearance to the extent necessary to comply with a TCAS
resolution advisory.
NOTE 2 : Maneuvers based solely on information displayed on the traffic
display are not authorized.

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 600
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA APR 11
APPROVED

TCAS (cont’d)

3 -- NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
4 -- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
5 -- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
The procedures following failures are applicable with the addition of
the following :

5.1 The TCAS must be turned TA ONLY in the following cases


• Engine out operations
• Stick pusher/shaker failure
• Flight with landing gear down

5.2 The TCAS must be turned STBY in the following cases


• ATC request

6 -- PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 are applicable.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212A


7 – 01.05 Date de révision
APPENDICES antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 05 DGAC FEB 03
APPROVED

STEEP SLOPE APPROACH


(APPROACH SLOPE > 4.5_)

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.06
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 06 EASA
SEP 09
APPROVED

R CARGO / CARGO+PAX CONFIGURATION

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.08 OCT 97
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 08 DGAC
APPROVED FEB 98

ETOPS OPERATIONS

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 – RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2%


INTRODUCTION
APPLICABILITY
This supplement does not constitue approval to conduct operations beyond 2%
runway slope.
An individual clearance for each airfield must be obtained from the local authority
by the operator.
TAKE OFF
D Beyond 2% runway slope take off must be downhill only.
D Determine the take off data for a runway slope of –2% using the section 6 of this
flight manual.
D Apply corrections on TOR, TOD, ASD, VR and V1 limited by brake energy for the
appropriate runway slope between –2% and –4.5% using graphs of this section
(pages 3 to 7).
LANDING
Performance data from section 6 of this manual are applicable without correction
for landing uphill.
For landing downhill, with runway slope between – 2% and – 4.5 %, use landing
distance corrections given page 8. These corrections have been determined for a
relative glide slope angle of three degrees.
To determine the required runway length apply national operational regulations.
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

NOTE :Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 – RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2% – (cont’d)


TAKE OFF
- Tail wind limit : 10 kt
- Maximum mean runway slope : + 2%
– 4.5%
LANDING
- Tail wind limit, downhill : 10 kt up to – 2% runway slope, and 5 kt between –2%
and – 4.5 %
uphill : 10 kt
- Maximum mean runway slope : – 4.5%
+ 4.5%

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

ROTATION SPEED (VR) (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.10 OCT 98
APPENDICES
PAGE : 7 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15)

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 -- 01.10
APPENDICES
PAGE : 8 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 30)

R NOTE :Not applicable for runway slope between 0 and --2%

Mod : 4984 Model : 212A


7 – 01.12 FEB 00
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00

AFM APPENDIX N_ 1 DGAC FEB 01


FEB 02
APPROVED SEP 01

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

This appendix applies only to aircraft de/anti iced before take off, using fluids
type II or type IV.

These types of fluids may lead to an increase in control forces necessary to


rotate, and then to a modification of take off performances.

Therefore this Flight Manual must be modified in compliance with one of the
following two methods :
R

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
See 7.01.12 page 1A–001

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
See 7.01.12 page 1B–001

NOTE :Compliance Method 2 requires dedicated crew training

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 1 DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in Section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following
for take off computations :
Determine VR for the lowest available V2
Assume V1 = VR
Increase TOR, TOD, ASD by 25 %

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply take off penalties due to the use of fluids type II or IV.

Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :


Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
Take off with flaps retracted.

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1B 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 1 DGAC FEB 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV


COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
CREW TRAINING REQUIRED
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the
following :
The Captain must be the pilot flying and the pre–take off briefing must include
the following take off procedure (point 5).

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable with the addition
of the following :
TAKE OFF SEQUENCE
In case of difficulties to rotate, the Captain should require the non flying pilot
assistance.
In that case, on CPT order, PNF pulls the control column until 5_ pitch attitude
is reached, then PNF releases the controls.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following :
Increase the TOD by 70m.

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply the take off penalty due to the use of fluids type II or IV.
Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :
Pitch elevators disconnected, even for ferry flight
Take off with flaps retracted.

Model : 212 A
7 – 01.13 FEB 03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 DGAC FEB 05
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


LIMITATIONS
Cockpit door must be checked closed and locked before taxi.
Perform daily the functional test of the cockpit door locking system :
See this appendix Normal Procedure part.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Daily Check
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- EMER PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
In the cockpit :
- Check buzzer
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
H If correct :
In the cockpit :
- TOGGLE SW on COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . DENY
- Check buzzer stops
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes and DENIED LIGHT illuminates
H If correct :
- TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THE MANUAL LOCK BOLTS
Before Taxi
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Before leaving the aircraft
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

.. / ..

R Mod : 5434 or 5465 Model : 212 A


7 – 01.13 NOV 04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 200
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 DGAC FEB 05
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


(Cont’d)

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Electrical Power Lost
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
Cockpit Door Jammed
D When cockpit exit required
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Disconnect PLUG on top of the door
- Remove the safety pins from the door
- Push and remove corresponding door panel

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
DC ESS BUS Lost
- Apply Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates procedure
- Note : Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT is inoperative.

PERFORMANCE NO CHANGE

Mod : 5465 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.14
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 14 EASA SEP 09
APPROVED

CORPORATE LOUNGE
NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.15
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED APR 11

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM

LIMITATIONS
Installation of APM does not induce any specific limitations.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Daily Check
Press the PTT PB and check FMA amber cautions, master caution
illumination and single chime
In Flight, Climb, Cruise and Descent
APM messages (FMA) and CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
H CRUISE SPEED LOW message displayed
Appears in cruise only, to inform the crew that an abnormal drag
increase induces a speed decrease of more than 10 kt compared
with the expected speed
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

.. / ..

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.15
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 600
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
FEB 12
APPROVED

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM (CONT’D)


ABNORMAL PROCEDURES AND PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE

" APM FAULT light illuminated


APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" DGD PERF message displayed with CAUTION and SINGLE CHIME
Mainly appears in level flight after CRUISE SPEED LOW or in climb to inform
the crew that an abnormal drag increase induces a speed decrease or a loss
of rate of climb.
The most probable cause is an abnormal ice accretion :
AIRFRAME DE--ICING ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
IAS >ICING BUG + 10 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AP (if engaged) . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
H If SEVERE ICING conditions confirmed (unexpected decrease in
speed or rate of climb, visual cues)
or
H If impossibility to maintain IAS > RED BUG + 10 kt in level flight
or
H If abnormal aircraft handling feeling
SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
H If not
SCHEDULED FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
R Note: In case of APM messages ”DEGRADED--PERF” or
R ”INCREASE--SPEED” Vmin OPS automatically increased by 10 kt.

" INCREASE SPEED message displayed flashing with CAUTION and


SINGLE CHIME
Appears after DEGRADED PERF to inform the crew that the drag is
abnormally high and IAS is lower than ICING BUG + 10 KT.
H If abnormal conditions confirmed
IMMEDIATELY PUSH THE STICK TO INCREASE SPEED
TO RECOVER MINIMUM IAS = ICING BUG + 10 KT
SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R Note: In case of APM messages ”DEGRADED--PERF” or
R ”INCREASE--SPEED” Vmin OPS automatically increased by 10 kt.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.16
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM APPENDIX N_ 16 EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with
mod 5948

LIMITATIONS
The installed Mode S system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO Doc
7030/4, Regional Supplementary Procedures for SSR Mode S Enhanced
Surveillance in designated European airspace. The capability to transmit data
parameters is shown in column 2 :

Parameter Available/Not available

Magnetic Heading Available


Indicated Airspeed
Mach No Available
Vertical Rate Available
Roll Angle Available
True Air Speed Available
True Track Angle Available
Groundspeed Available
Selected Altitude Available
Barometric Pressure Setting Available

To be inserted in the flight manual and record sheet amended accordingly

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.17
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 17 EASA
APPROVED
FEB 12

ACARS
ACARS is approved as a ”non essential” system for the transmission of Departure
Clearance (DCL) and Digital Automatic Terminal Information Service (D--ATIS) in
accordance with ED--85 and ED--89A.
This approval does not constitute an operational approval.
DCL and D--ATIS messages can be transmitted and received over ACARS if they
are verified per approved operational procedures.
Terminal Weather Information for Pilots (TWIP) and Oceanic Clearance (OCL)
functions are not certified and must not be used for flight management.

Mod: 5506 or (5948 + 5959) Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.18
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 600
AFM APPENDIX N_ 18 EASA
APPROVED
APR 11

HIGH LATITUDE OPERATIONS

CONDITIONS
Abnormal heading errors may occur on aircraft equipped with the SAGEM APIRS
AHRS during high latitude operations, where the earth’s magnetic lines of force
have inclinations greater than 75 degrees.

PROCEDURES
--Take special care to keep the slip indicator centered in order to minimize heading
errors.
--Crosscheck AHRS heading information with GPS/GNSS.

Mod : 5948 Model : 212 A


7 -- 01.19
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

DRY UNPAVED RUNWAYS

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.21
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 21 EASA
APPROVED JUL 08

TAKE OFF AT 100% TORQUE

Not applicable

Model : 212 A
7 -- 01.22
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 22 EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

20 KT TAILWIND TAKE OFF

NOT APPLICABLE

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.00
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC
APPROVED FEB 01

7 . 02 . 00 – INTRODUCTION

Following sections cover AFM amendments associated with MMEL dispatch.

No combination of the hereafter considered cases is allowed for dispatch :

01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative


02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or removed
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL


INOPERATIVE

- If accelerate stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKING has to be used.


- Check EMER BRAKING effect on ASD
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take off climb
- Check single engine ceiling by using a weight penalty
- Avoid icing conditions
- Taxi on both engines

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

EMERGENCY BRAKING
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2ND SEGMENT CLIMB


AND APPROACH CLIMB

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC
APPROVED DEC 96

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.02 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 02 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH SPOILERS CONTROL SYSTEM


INOPERATIVE

Increase VMCA by 1 kt
VMCL flaps 30 = 106 kt
Maximum crosswind on dry runway : 20 kt
Take off with fuel unbalance must be avoided

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC FEB 99 FEB 97
APPROVED
FEB 98

DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED

- Authorized only if aircraft is not operated into known or forecast icing


conditions.
R - Determine for V2=1.2VSR (Chapter 6–03 Flaps 15):
- 2nd segment climb requirement
R - V1 limited by max brake energy, VR (assume V1 = VR), V2 (CAS flaps 15)
R - TOR, TOD and ASD with V1/VR = 1
R - V1, VR and V2 IAS flaps 0 are obtained by adding 18 kt to the previously
determined CAS values.
- Decrease V1 limited by max brake energy by 5 kt and check V1 p V1 limited by
max brake energy
- Check effect on TOR, TOD and ASD (pages 3 to 5)
- Decrease 2nd segment and approach climb limiting weight by 200 kg (440 lb).
- Inhibit config warning by depressing WARNING pb when applying power on
the brakes. (note CAP lt will not extinguish)

R - Landing speed : 1.23 VSR flaps 0+ 5 kt


R - Landing distance : multiply landing distance flaps 30 by 2.2

Pitch trim setting for flaps 0o take off :


CG% 14 20 25 30 37

TRIM° 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.4


NOSE UP UP UP UP UP

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001 DEC 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC FEB 98 FEB 97
APPROVED

LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.03 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.04 DEC 96
SUPPLEMENTS FEB 03
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 04 DGAC FEB 05
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE WHEEL BRAKE DEACTIVATED


R

LIMITATIONS

–Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

–No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

–Multiply ASD BY 1.1


–Check V1 < 0.8 of V1 MAX BRK ENERGY
LANDING

–Multiply LDG DIST by 1.1 (valid for all configurations)

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.05 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 96
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 DGAC FEB 03
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

R LIMITATIONS

– Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

– No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

– Check ANTI SKID OFF effect on ASD (page 2)


LANDING

– Multiply LDG DIST by 1.4 (valid for all configurations)

... / ...

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.05 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 DGAC FEB 03
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

ANTI SKID OFF EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.06 DEC 96
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC FEB 01
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

Uptrim and AFU are considered operative. If not, refer to the connected
R procedure.

– Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt


– Increase VR by 2 kt
– Increase VMCA by 3 kt, check VR, V2
– Increase VMCL by 3 kt
– Check effect on TOR, TOD, 2nd segment climb

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1, do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering.

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.06 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC
DEC 96
FEB 98
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE EEC OFF


CAUTION :Set MAN IGN to ON during the flight if the following cases are
encountered :
– Icing conditions
– Engine(s) flame out
– Emer descent
– Severe turbulence
– Heavy rain
– ON GROUND :
• For taxi and prolonged ground operations near idle feather the
affected engine to avoid prolonged use within prohibited range.
• Keep operative EEC selected ON for taxi
NOTE :If taxi is supposed to be performed with significant tailwind component,
affected engine will be started up at the end of taxi prior to take off.
– TAKE OFF :
• Take off must be performed with BLEED VALVES OFF and ATPCS
OFF.
• In case of atmospheric or ground icing conditions
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
• Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt.
• Increase VR by 2 kt
• Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
• Check EEC OFF and ATPCS OFF effect on performances
• Engine with operative EEC must be set to RTO power by pushing PL
up to the ramp.
• Engine with inoperative EEC must be set to RTO power ( 2 %) by
adjusting PL
• Release the brakes when both torques reach 40 %
NOTE :If acceleration stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKE must be used
and a one second stop must be observed at FI before setting PLs below.
– CLIMB SEQUENCE :
• Reduce both torques by 10 % average
• PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMB
• BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
• Set both PLs as to reach ENGINE TQ (automatic bug)
NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 :
– do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA before feathering
– readjust RTO power upon reaching acceleration height.
– APPROACH : Increase VMCL by 3 kt
– FINAL APPROACH
• CL both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD
R

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.07 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.08
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 08 DGAC FEB 01
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE AFU INOPERATIVE

R CAUTION : A maintenance procedure is required. Refer to MMEL 1–77 page 1


R item 001.

Apply dispatch with ATPCS OFF procedure (supplement no10)

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
APR 11
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATION INOPERATIVE

J If only the Target bug is inoperative


Consider Target bug value on operative side.
J If TQ needle indication is inoperative :
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Then, refer to Supplement 7.02.08: Dispatch with AFU inoperative.
J If TQ digital counter is inoperative :
J If associated EEC FAULT lt is not illuminated : no penalties.
J If associated EEC FAULT lt is illuminated, then refer to 7.02.07 :
dispatch with EEC inoperative.
J If both pointer and counter are inoperative on one side :

ATPCS and both EEC must be operative


• Take off
Check effect on performances (pages 2 to 5)
Increase VR by 1 kt
Use minimum fuel flow tables (pages 6 to 11)
CAUTION :Note RTO and MCT min fuel flow to be applied in case of engine
flame out at take off.
Both EEC ON ; ATPCS ON ; both bleed OFF

Both PL in the notch


Before 50 kt check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is
lower than anticipated by take off min fuel flow table. Observe ITT limitation.

• Climb / Cruise
Both bleed ON
Check engine fuel flow on inoperative side and maintain it within ¦ 5 %
band of opposite engine one.

• Go around
Push both PL up to the ramp
Check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is lower than
anticipated by go around min fuel flow table. Observe ITT limitation.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A


7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001 FEB 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 4 001
FEB 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.09 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 5 001
FEB 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT

NOTE :This graph is also valid for Final Take off, single engine ceiling and
approach climb weights.

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 6 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 6A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED
ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 7 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 7A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 8 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 8A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 9 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 9A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 10 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE :10A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 11 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Model : 212 A
7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 11A 100
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 96
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC FEB 01
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF

R AFU is considered operative. If not, refer to the connected procedure.

- Select ATPCS OFF and BLEED VALVES OFF


- Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt
- Increase VR by 2 kt
- Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
- Increase VMCL by 3 kt
- Check ATPCS inoperative effect on TOR, TOD and 2nd segment
- Apply RTO power by pushing both PLs up to the ramp
- After take off set both PLs into the notches, then apply CLIMB SEQUENCE
- BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.10 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.10 DEC 96
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC FEB 04
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.11 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
SUPPLEMENT No 11 FEB 97
AFM DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN

R - Flight in icing conditions is prohibited.


- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take–off climb.
- Check weight penalty on single engine ceiling computation.
- During the climb sequence after take off extinguish TO INHI light by pressing
RCL pb.
- Limit maximum speed to 160 kt.

Model : 212 A
7 – 02.11 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2nd SEGMENT CLIMB


AND APPROACH CLIMB

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.11 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 02.12 Date de révision
SUPPLEMENTS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 12 DGAC DEC 96
APPROVED

FERRY FLIGHT WITH PITCH ELEVATORS


DISCONNECTED

- For ONE FLIGHT WITHOUT PAX


- No operation into known or forecast icing conditions
- Check both control columns free
- Check CG is between 25 % and 32 %
- Max take–off weight : 18 T (39600 lb)
- Max crosswind at landing : 15 kt
- Performance computed with V2 = 1.21 VSR
- Max load factor : 2 g
- Max speed : 180 kt

For approach and landing

- Refer to FCOM 2.02.06 and AFM 5.04

Mod : – Eng : – Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIALQ DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED FEB 97
NON DRY RUNWAYS FEB 98
R GENERAL

This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved by the
Authority in the form of guidance material, to assist operators in developing
suitable guidance, recommandations or instructions for use by their flight
crews when operating on wet/contaminated runway surface conditions.
Unless otherwise stated, this information does not in any way replace or amend
the operating limitations and performance information listed in other parts of
this approved aeroplane flight manual.

A non dry runway may be :


- wet : well soaked but without significant areas of standing water.
NOTE : a runway is considered well soaked when there is sufficient
moisture on the runway surface to cause it to appear reflective.
- contaminated, if more than 25 % of the required area are covered by the
contaminant.

A runway may be contaminated by :


- standing water : depth higher than 3 mm (1/8 in)
- slush or loose snow, equivalent to more than 3 mm (1/8 in) of water.
- compacted snow
- ice

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF

Slush and water have the same impact on aircraft performances

Loose snow is considered as slush. To determine the equivalent slush depth,


multiply the loose snow depth by the actual loose snow density divided by 0.8.

Five cases have been considered :


- wet
- water 6.3 mn (1/4 in) applicable for depths between 3 and 6.3 mm of water or
less than 6.3 mm of slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- water 12.7 mm (1/2 in) applicable for depths between 6.3 and 12.7 mm of
water or slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The performance determination philosophy remains the same than in 6 . 03 . 02.
Refer to 7.03.01 page 2 for V1 limited by VMCG data.
For each runway condition are provided :
- take off run
- take off distance (between brakes release and 15 ft height with one engine
inoperative).
NOTE : If 35 ft is required at the end of TOD :
– apply TOR, TOD calculated on a dry runway for wet, compacted
snow and ice runways,
– apply TOR, TOD corrections given pages 26 A and 26 B to the 15 ft
computation, for water covered runways.
- accelerate stop distance. They are basically computed with the use of both
reversers. Additional pages are provided to supply data in case of no reverser
and are to be used for flight preparation.
Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a
sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not
recommended to use single engine reverse thrust for accelerate stop.
- VR (for contaminated runway only – No change for wet runway).
These data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions. In case of
atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects (runway
conditions + atmospheric icing conditions)
NOTE 1 :Wind and slope corrections are the same as for dry runways.
NOTE 2 :Operation on a wet or contaminated runway at a weight in excess of that
permitted on an equivalent dry runway is not allowed.

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 00
APPROVED
FEB 97
R FEB 98
V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15) FEB 99

Refer to chapter 6.03 :

V1 limited by VMCG on DRY RUNWAYS

Model : 212 A
7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 2A 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA
JUL 08
APPROVED

PW127M -- BOOST ON

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 3 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WET RUNWAY
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) FEB 98

ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER –


AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)


3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

60
0
2
50 4 0
6
8 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOR
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)
–10

–1 WEIGHT
–20
1
3
–30 5
7
8.5
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–TOR––2W1WCJ1K2

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 3A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WET RUNWAY
PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 4 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WET RUNWAY FEB 97


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)


3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

60
0
2
50 4 0
6
8 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOD
30
(1000 KG)
20

10

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)
–10

–20 –1 WEIGHT
1
3
–30 5
7
8.5
–40
AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)
V210–568F–ACD95–TOD––2W1WCJ1K2

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 4A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WET RUNWAY
PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O./R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 5 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WET RUNWAY FEB 97


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF– FEB 99
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)


3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

R
1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

60
0
2
50 4 0
6
8 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR ASD
30
(1000 KG)
20

10

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)
–10

–20 –1 WEIGHT
1
3
–30 5
7
8.5
–40
AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)
V210–568F–ACD95–ASD––2W0WCJ1K2

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 5A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WET RUNWAY
PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 6 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99 FEB 97
APPROVED
FEB 98

WET RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

R
8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000


DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER
ACTUAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 7 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) FEB 97
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER FEB 98
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

R
2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOR
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–TOR––2I1WCJ1K2 WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 7A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 8 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in) FEB 97


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOD
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


WEIGHT
V210–568F–ACD95–TOD––2I1WCJ1K2

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 8A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O. POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 9 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)
FEB 98
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
FEB 99
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000
R

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR ASD
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–ASD––2I0WCJ1K2 WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 9A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 10 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99 FEB 97
APPROVED
FEB 98
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)

3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

6000 1500 1500 6000


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 11 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)
ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF

140 140

130 130

120 120

110 110

R
100 100

90 90

80 80

60
0
2
50 4 70 70
6
8 1.15 1.25 1.35 –2 –1 0 1 2
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V2/VSR DOWN UP CAS IAS
30

(1000 KG) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)


20
(KT)
10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–VR–––2I1WCK2RS WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 11A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 12 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)
FEB 98
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

R
2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOR
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT) V210–568F–ACD95–TOR––2J1WCJ1K2


WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE :12A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 13 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)
FEB 98
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000
R

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR TOD
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


WEIGHT
V210–568F–ACD95–TOD––2J1WCJ1K2

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 13A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 14 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)
FEB 98
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
FEB 99
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

R 2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

60
0
2
50 4 500 2000
6
8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V1/VR V2/VSR ASD
30

(1000 KG)
20

10

0
–1 1 3 5 7 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–ASD––2J0WCJ1K2 WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE :14A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 15 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED FEB 97
FEB 98
WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm : (1/2 in)
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

6000 1500 1500 6000


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 16 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in) FEB 97


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF

140 140

130 130

120 120

110 110

100 100
R

90 90

80 80

60
0
2
50 4 70 70
6
8 1.15 1.25 1.35 –2 –1 0 1 2
40
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
V2/VSR DOWN UP CAS IAS
30

(1000 KG) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)


20
(KT)
10

0
–1 1 3 57 8.5
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)


V210–568F–ACD95–VR–––2J1WCK2RS WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 16A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 17 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY
FEB 98
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V1/VR V2/VSR TOR
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–TOR––2S1WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 17A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 18 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


FEB 97
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

R
1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V1/VR V2/VSR TOD
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–TOD––2S1WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 18A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICiNG OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 19 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY
FEB 98
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) FEB 99
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

R
2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V1/VR V2/VSR ASD
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–ASD––2S0WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 19A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 20 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99 FEB 97
APPROVED
FEB 98
COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3500 3500
(FT)

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

6000 1500 1500 6000


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

R
4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 21 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY
ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF


140 140

130 130

120 120
R

110 110

100 100

90 90

80 80
0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 70 70

–1 1.15 1.25 1.35 –2 –1 0 1 2


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V2/VSR DOWN UP
–30 5 CAS IAS
7
8.5 (1000 KG) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)
–40
(KT)
AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)
V210–568F–ACD95–VR–––2S1WCK2RS
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 21A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 22 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
ICE COVERED RUNWAY
FEB 98
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000
R

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V1/VR V2/VSR TOR
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–TOR––2G1WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 22A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 23 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
ICE COVERED RUNWAY
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER –
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

R 2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3 V1/VR V2/VSR TOD
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–TOD––2G1WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 23A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 24 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY FEB 97


FEB 98
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) FEB 99
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED – AIR CONDITIONING OFF–
ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF (M) (FT)

3500

3000 12000

2500 10000

2000 8000

1500 6000

1000 4000

500 2000

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 0

–1 0.8 0.9 1 1.15 1.25 1.35


–20
1
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3
V1/VR V2/VSR ASD
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG)
–40

AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–ASD––2G0WCJ1K2
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 24A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 25 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 99
APPROVED FEB 97
FEB 98
ICE COVERED RUNWAY
ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(METERS)

(METERS)

(FT)
(FT)

3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

R 8000 2000 2000 8000


ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

6000 1500 1500 6000


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 26 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED
ICE COVERED RUNWAY
FEB 97
ROTATION SPEED – VR (FLAPS 15) FEB 98
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED – ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF– ANTI/DE ICING OFF – NO RUNWAY SLOPE – NO WIND

REF REF REF

140 140

130 130

120 120

R
110 110

100 100

90 90

80 80

0 2 4 6 8
0

–10 70 70

–1 1.15 1.25 1.35 –2 –1 0 1 2


–20
1
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3
V2/VSR DOWN UP CAS IAS
–30 5
7
8.5 (1000 KG) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)
–40
(KT)
AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

V210–568F–ACD95–VR–––2G1WCK2RS
WEIGHT

Model : 212 A
7 --03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 26A 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1
AFM EASA JUL 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


PW127M -- BOOST ON
ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Eng : PW127M Model : 212 A


7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 26B 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 99 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 27 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 00 FEB 97
APPROVED
FEB 98
FEB 99
LANDING
Three cases of contaminated runways have been considered :
- water : applicable for depths between 3 mm (1/8 in) and 12.7 mm (1/2 in)
of water, or less than 12.7 mm (1/2 in) of slush or equivalent depth of
loose snow.
- compacted snow
- ice
The landing distance is computed with and without the use of reversers.

Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a


R sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not recommended
to use single engine reverse thrust. The actual landing distances without
reversers, only, are to be used for flight preparation.

The following data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions.

In case of atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects


(runway conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 28 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH DEPTH FEB 97


FEB 98
LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 30) FEB 99

REF REF (M) (FT)


1800

1600

1400

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS


1200 6000

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


AIRPORT PRESS ALT(X1000FT)

1000 5000
R 7
8.5 5

6.5 1 800 4000

–1
600 3000

400 2000
0 10 20 30 40 50 –10 0 20 40

OAT (DG.C) TAIL NOSE LDG


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 WIND(KT)

(1000 KG)

30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 (1000 LB)

WEIGHT
V210–568F–ACD95–LD–––AJCWCI2WR

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 29 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 98 FEB 97
APPROVED

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH.

LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 30 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED FEB 97

LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 31 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED
FEB 97
OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW
LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 30) FEB 98
FEB 99

REF REF (M) (FT)


1800

1600

1400

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS


1200 6000

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


1000 5000

R
800 4000

600 3000

400 2000
–1000 1000 3000 5000 7000 –10 0 20 40

AIRPORT PRESSURE ALTITUDE(FT) TAIL NOSE LDG


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 WIND(KT)

(1000 KG)

29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 (1000 LB)

WEIGHT
V210–568F–ACD95–LD–––ASCWCI2WR

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 32 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 97
FEB 98
APPROVED

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 33 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 98
APPROVED
FEB 97

LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Model : 212 A
7 –03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 34 001
ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DATE
AFM DGAC REVISION
FEB 00 ANTERIEURE
APPROVED

FEB 97
OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY
LANDING DISTANCE ( FLAPS 30) FEB 98
FEB 99

REF REF (M) (FT)


1800

1600

1400

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS


1200 6000

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


1000 5000

800 4000

600 3000

400 2000
–1000 1000 3000 5000 7000 –10 0 20 40

AIRPORT PRESSURE ALTITUDE(FT) TAIL NOSE LDG


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 WIND(KT)

(1000 KG)

29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 (1000 LB)

WEIGHT
V210–568F–ACD95–LD–––AGCWCI2WR

Model : 212 A
7 – 03.01 Date de révision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antérieure
PAGE : 35 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC FEB 98 FEB 97
APPROVED

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

Model : 212 A
7 -- 11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 210
AFM ANAC SUPPLEMENT ANAC / EASA
APPROVED FEB 12

DU # 3 Failure

In case of DU#3 failure, an automatic reversion displays the EWD format on DU#2
or DU#4 depending on the coupling side (PNF side).
The DISP button allows to cycle between the three formats (PFD/MFD/EWD), but
flight crew must display the EWD format on DU#2 or DU#4 at any time during take
off and approach landing flight phases.

Mod: 5948 Model : 212 A ANAC

You might also like